10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

(MARK ONE)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For Fiscal Year Ended March 25, 2017

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 0-19357

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York	16-0838627
(State of incorporation)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
200 Holleder Parkway,
Rochester, New York	14615
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:

(585) 647-6400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered: The NASDAQ Stock Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

LargeAcceleratedFiler☒	AcceleratedFiler☐	Non‑AcceleratedFiler☐	SmallerReportingCompany☐
Emerging Growth Company  ☐	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ☐   No ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, September 24, 2016, was approximately $1,918,400,000.

As of May 5, 2017,32,692,965 shares of the registrant's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the "Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART  I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	18
Item 2.	Properties	18
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	18
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	18
PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Company's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	19
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	20
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	21
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	26
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	27
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	59
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	59
PART III
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Company and Corporate Governance	61
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	61
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	61
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	61
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	61
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	62
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	62
Signatures		63
Index to Exhibits		64

2

PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not historical facts, including (without limitation) statements made in this Item and in “Item 1 – Business”, may contain statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements made pursuant to the Safe Harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words “anticipates”, “believes”, “contemplates”, “expects”, “see”, “could”, “may”, “estimate”, “appear”, “intend”, “plans” and variations thereof and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed.  These factors include, but are not necessarily limited to, product demand, dependence on and competition within the primary markets in which Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.’s (“Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) stores are located, the need for and costs associated with store renovations and other capital expenditures, the effect of economic conditions, seasonality, the impact of weather conditions, the impact of competitive services and pricing, parts supply restraints or difficulties, our dependence on vendors, including foreign vendors, industry regulation, risks relating to leverage and debt service (including sensitivity to fluctuations in interest rates), continued availability of capital resources and financing, advances in automotive technologies, disruption or unauthorized access to our computer systems, risks relating to protection of customer and employee personal data, business interruptions, risks relating to litigation, risks relating to integration of acquired businesses, including goodwill impairment and the risks set forth in “Item 1A.  Risk Factors”.  Except as required by law, we do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement that may be made from time to time by us or on our behalf.

Item 1. Business

GENERAL

Monro is a chain of 1,118 Company-operated stores (as of March 25, 2017), 114 franchised locations,five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and 14 dealer-operated stores providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  At March 25, 2017, Monro operated Company stores in 27 states, including Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin, primarily under the names “Monro Muffler Brake & Service”, “Tread Quarters Discount Tire”, “Mr. Tire”, “Autotire Car Care Center”, “Tire Warehouse”, “Tire Barn Warehouse”, “Ken Towery’s Tire & Auto Care”, “The Tire Choice”, “Car-X” and “McGee Tire”.  Company-operatedstores typically are situated in high-visibility locations in suburban areas and small towns, as well as in major metropolitan areas.  Company-operated stores serviced approximately 5.9million vehicles in fiscal 2017.  (References herein to fiscal years are to the Company's year ended fiscal March [e.g., references to "fiscal 2017" are to the Company's fiscal year ended March 25, 2017].)

The predecessor to the Company was founded by Charles J. August in 1957 as a Midas Muffler franchise in Rochester, New York, specializing in mufflers and exhaust systems.  The Company was incorporated in the State of New York in 1959.  In 1966, we discontinued our affiliation with Midas Muffler, and began to diversify into a full line of undercar repair services.  An investor group led by Peter J. Solomon and Donald Glickman purchased a controlling interest in the Company in July 1984.  At that time, Monro operated 59 stores, located primarily in upstate New York, with approximately $21 million in sales in fiscal 1984.  Since 1984, we have continued our growth and have expanded our marketing area to include 26 additional states.

In December 1998, Monro appointed Robert G. Gross as President and Chief Executive Officer, who began full-time responsibilities on January 1, 1999.  Effective October 1, 2012, Mr. Gross assumed the role of Executive Chairman and John W. Van Heel was appointed Chief Executive Officer.

The Company's principal executive offices are located at 200 Holleder Parkway, Rochester, New York 14615, and our telephone number is (585) 647-6400.

Monro provides a broad range of services on passenger cars, light trucks and vans for brakes; mufflers and exhaust systems; and steering, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment.  Monro also provides other products and services, including tires and routine maintenance services, including state inspections.  Monro specializes in the repair and replacement of parts which must be periodically replaced as they wear out.  Normal wear on these parts generally is not covered by new car warranties.  Monro typically does not perform under-the-hood repair services except for oil change services, various “flush and fill” services and some minor tune-up services.

3

All of the Company-operated stores, except Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores, provide the services described above.  Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores only sell tires and tire related services and alignments.  However, a growing number of our Company-operated stores are more specialized in tire replacement and service and, accordingly, have a higher mix of sales in the tire category.  These Company-operated stores are described below as tire stores, whereas the remaining stores are described as service stores.  (See additional discussion under “Operating Strategy”.) Included in the number of Company-operated stores described as tire stores are certain locations that also service commercial customers.  Our locations that serve commercial customers conduct tire and automotive repair activities that are similar to our retail locations, other than with respect to the sales mix resulting from the sale of commercial tires.  At March 25, 2017, there were 534 stores designated as service stores and 584 as tire stores.

During fiscal 2017, we acquired four wholesale locations and one retread facility located in North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee in connection with the Clark Tire & Auto, Inc. acquisition that operate under the Tires Now name.  Additionally, we acquired one retread facility located in Florida in connection with the McGee Tire Stores, Inc. acquisition that operates under the McGee Tire name.  (See additional discussion under Note 2 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.)

As of March 25, 2017, Monro had five wholesale locations and two retread facilities.  The wholesale locations, in most cases, sell tires to customers for resale, although these tire sales do not include installation or other tire related services.  The retread facilities re-manufacture tires through the replacement of tread on worn tires that are later sold to customers.

Our sales mix for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

	Service Stores						Tire Stores						Total Company
	FY17		FY16		FY15		FY17		FY16		FY15		FY17		FY16		FY15
Brakes	23	%	25	%	25	%	9	%	10	%	10	%	13	%	15	%	15	%
Exhaust	8		9		9		1		1		1		2		3		3
Steering	11		11		11		8		9		9		9		10		10
Tires	22		20		19		59		56		57		49		45		44
Maintenance	36		35		36		23		24		23		27		27		28
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%

The Company has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC.

Monro Service Corporation, a Delaware corporation qualified to do business in the states of Kentucky, Maryland, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia, holds all assets, rights, responsibilities and liabilities associated with our warehousing, purchasing, advertising, accounting, office services, payroll, cash management and certain other operations that are performed in the aforementioned states.  We believe that this structure has enhanced operational efficiency and provides cost savings.

On April 25, 2015, we acquired the Car-X brand, as well as the franchise rights for 146 auto service centers from Car-X Associates Corp.  (See additional discussion under Note 2 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.)  Car-X, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, operates as the franchisor through a standard royalty agreement, while Car-X remains a separate and independent brand and business with franchise operations based in Illinois.

As of March 25, 2017, Monro had 113 Car-X franchised locations.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.  The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Demand for automotive repair services, including undercar repair and tire sales and services is correlated to the overall number of vehicles in operation and the increasing average age of vehicles, and to a lesser extent, with increased average miles driven.  The number of vehicles in operation is expected to continue to grow over the next several years, with vehicles six years or older representing the vast majority of this growth.  This is in contrast to the past several years in which the number of vehicles six to 10 years old declined significantly in response to the lower volume of new vehicles sold during 2008 to 2012.  Additionally, vehicles continue to increase in complexity, making it more difficult for a vehicle owner to perform do-it-yourself repairs.

4

At the same time as demand for automotive repair services has grown, the number of general repair outlets has decreased, principally because fewer gas stations now perform repairs.  We believe that these factors present opportunities for increased sales by the Company, even though the number of specialized repair outlets (such as those operated by Monro and our direct competitors) has increased to meet growing demand.

EXPANSION STRATEGY

Monro has experienced significant growth in recent years through acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, the opening of new construction stores.  Management believes that the continued growth in sales and profits of the Company is dependent, in large part, upon our continued ability to open/acquire and operate new stores on a profitable basis.  Overall profitability of the Company may not meet expectations if acquired or new stores do not attain expected profitability.

Monro believes that there are significant expansion opportunities in new as well as existing market areas, which may result from a combination of constructing stores on vacant land and acquiring existing store locations as well as purchasing existing businesses.  We believe that, as the industry consolidates due to the increasingly complex nature of automotive repair, the expanded capital requirements for state-of-the-art equipment and aging of existing shop owners, there will be increasing opportunities for acquisitions of existing businesses or store structures.

5

In that regard, we have completed many acquisitions, including:

Date of Acquisition	Seller	Number of Stores Acquired (a) (b)		Location of Stores	Current Brand (f)
March 2004	Atlantic Automotive Corp.	26		MD, VA	Mr. Tire
October 2004	Rice Tire, Inc.	5		MD	Mr. Tire/Tread Quarters
March 2005	Henderson Holdings, Inc.	10		MD	Mr. Tire
April 2006	ProCare Automotive Service Solutions LLC	75		OH, PA	Monro/Mr. Tire
July 2007	Valley Forge Tire & Auto Centers	11		PA	Mr. Tire
July 2007	Craven Tire & Auto	8		VA	Mr. Tire
January 2008	Broad Elm Group	7		NY	Mr. Tire
June 2009	Am-Pac Tire Distributors	26		IL, MO	Autotire
October 2009	Tire Warehouse Central, Inc.	41	(c)	ME, MA, NH, RI, VT	Tire Warehouse
March 2010	Import Export Tire, Co.	5		PA	Mr. Tire
June 2011	Vespia Tire Centers, Inc.	24		NJ, PA	Mr. Tire
October 2011	Terry's Tire Town	7		PA, OH	Mr. Tire
April 2012	Kramer Tire Co.	20	(d)	VA	Kramer Tire/Tread Quarters
June 2012	Colony Tire Corporation	18		NC	Mr. Tire/Tread Quarters
August 2012	Tuffy Associates Corp.	17		SC, WI	Monro/Tread Quarters
October 2012	ChesleyCo, Inc.	5		NY	Monro/Mr. Tire
November 2012	Everybody's Oil Corporation	31		IL, IN, TN	Tire Barn Warehouse
December 2012	Ken Towery's Auto Care of Kentucky, Inc./Ken Towery's Auto Care of Indiana, Inc.	27	(e)	IN, KY	Ken Towery Tire & Auto Care
December 2012	Tire King of Durham, Inc.	9		NC	Mr. Tire
December 2012	Enger Auto Service, Inc.	12		OH	Mr. Tire
August 2013	Curry's Automotive Group	10		MD, VA	Curry's/Mr. Tire
November 2013	Carl King Tire Co., Inc.	6		DE, MD	Mr. Tire
June 2014	Kan Rock Tire Company, Inc.	9	(g)	MI	Monro
June 2014	Lentz U.S.A. Service Centers, Inc.	10	(g)	MI	Monro
August 2014	Hennelly Tire & Auto, Inc.	35		FL	The Tire Choice
September 2014	Wood & Fullerton Stores, LLC	9		GA	Mr. Tire
December 2014	Gold Coast Tire & Auto Centers	9		FL	The Tire Choice
March 2015	Martino Tire Stores	8		FL	The Tire Choice
August 2015	Kost Tire Distributors, Inc.	27		NY, PA	Mr. Tire
May 2016	McGee Tire Stores, Inc.	29	(h)	FL	McGee Tire
September 2016	Clark Tire & Auto, Inc.	26	(i)	NC	Mr. Tire
February 2017	Nona, Inc.	16		IL, IA	Car-X

_________________

(a) Table includes only acquisitions of five or more Company-operated stores.

(b) Fortystores were subsequently closed due to redundancies or failure to achieve an acceptable level of profitability.  See additional discussion under “Store Additions and Closings”.

(c) Six franchised locations were initially acquired, andfivehave subsequently been purchased by Monro and converted to Company-operated stores. 

(d) Two heavy truck tire and truck repair stores, two wholesale operations and a retread facility were also acquired and subsequently sold.

(e) One wholesale operation was also acquired and is operating under the Tires Now name.

(f) In this table, “Monro” refers to the brand of “Monro Brake ∙Tire” or “Monro Muffler Brake & Service”, not the corporation.

(g) One acquired store was never opened.

(h) One retread facility was also acquired and is operating under the McGee Tire name.

(i) Four wholesale locations and one retread facility were also acquired and are operating under the Tires Now name.

6

As of March 25, 2017, Monro had 1,118 Company-operated stores, 114 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and 14 dealer locations located in 27 states.  The following table shows the growth in the number of Company-operated stores over the last five fiscal years:

STORE ADDITIONS AND CLOSINGS (a)

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
Stores open at beginning of year	1,029		999		953		937		803
Stores added during year	105	(c)	52	(d)	92	(e)	29	(f)	144	(g)
Stores closed during year (b)	(16)		(22)		(46)		(13)		(10)
Stores open at end of year	1,118		1,029		999		953		937
Service (including BJ’s) stores	534		515		509		532		540
Tire stores	584		514		490		421		397

_________________

(a) Table includes only Company-operated stores.  No franchised, wholesale, retread or dealer locations are included.

(b) Generally, stores were closed because they failed to achieve or maintain an acceptable level of profitability or because a new Company Store was opened in the same market at a more favorable location.  Additionally, in fiscal 2015, we closed the 34 remaining stores operated in BJ’s Wholesale Clubs.

(c) Includes 90 stores acquired in the fiscal 2017 Acquisitions.

(d) Includes 40 stores acquired in the fiscal 2016 Acquisitions.

(e) Includes 85 stores acquired in the fiscal 2015 Acquisitions. (Excludes the Kan Rock and Lentz stores that were never opened.)

(f) Includes 24 stores acquired in the fiscal 2014 Acquisitions.

(g) Includes 140 stores acquired in the fiscal 2013 Acquisitions.

We plan to add approximately 20 to 40 new greenfield stores in fiscal 2018 and to pursue appropriate acquisition candidates.  Greenfield stores include new construction as well as the acquisition of one to four store operations.

Key factors in market and site selection for selecting new greenfield store locations include population, demographic characteristics, vehicle population and the intensity of competition.  Monro attempts to cluster stores in market areas in order to achieve economies of scale in advertising, supervision and distribution costs.  All new greenfield sites presently under consideration are within Monro's established market areas.

As a result of extensive analysis of our historical and projected store opening strategy, we have established major market profiles, as defined by market awareness: mature, existing and new markets.  Over the next several years, we expect to build or acquire a greater percentage of stores in mature and existing markets in order to capitalize on our market presence and consumer awareness.  During fiscal 2017,  59 of the stores added (including acquired stores) were located in existing markets and 46 stores were added in new markets.

We believe that management and operating improvements implemented over the last several fiscal years have enhanced our ability to sustain our growth.  Monro has a chain-wide computerized inventory control and electronic point-of-sale (“POS”) management information system, which has increased management's ability to monitor operations as the number of stores has grown. 

We have customized the POS system to specific service and tire store requirements and deploy the appropriate version in each type of store.  Being Windows-based, the system has simplified training of new employees. Additionally, the system includes the following:

· Electronic mail and electronic cataloging, which allows store managers to electronically research the specific parts needed for the make and model of the car being serviced;

· Electronic repair manuals that allow for instant access to a single source of accurate, up-to-date, original equipment manufacturer-direct diagnosis, repair and maintenance information;

· Software which contains data that mirrors the scheduled maintenance requirements in vehicle owner’s manuals, specifically by make, model, year and mileage for every major automobile brand.  Management believes that this software facilitates the presentation and sale of scheduled maintenance services to customers;

· Streamlining of estimating and other processes;

· Graphic catalogs;

· A feature which facilitates tire searches by size;

· Direct mail support;

· Appointment scheduling;

7

· Customer service history;

· A thermometer graphic which guides store managers on the profitability of each job;

· The ability to view inventory of up to the closest 14 stores or warehouse; and

· Expanded monitoring of price changes. This requires more specificity on the reason for a discount, which management believes helps to control discounting.

Enhancements will continue to be made to the POS system annually in an effort to increase efficiency, improve the quality and timeliness of store reporting and enable us to better serve our customers.

The financing to build a new greenfield service store location may be accomplished in one of three ways: a store lease for the land and building (in which case, land and building costs will be financed primarily by the lessor), a land lease with the building constructed by Monro (with building costs paid by Monro), or a land purchase with the building constructed by Monro.  In all three cases, for service stores, each new store also will require approximately $225,000 for equipment (including a POS system and a truck) and approximately $55,000 in inventory.  Because we generally do not extend credit to most customers, stores generate almost no receivables and a new store's actual net working capital investment is nominal.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield service store ranges, on average, from $360,000 to $990,000 depending on the location and which of the three financing methods is used.  In general, tire stores are larger and have more service bays than Monro’s traditional service stores and, as a result, construction costs are at the high end of the range of new store construction costs.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield tire (land and building leased) location costs, on average, approximately $600,000, including $250,000 for equipment and $150,000 for inventory.  In instances where Monro acquires an existing business, it may pay additional amounts for intangible assets such as customer lists, covenants not-to-compete, trade names and goodwill, but generally will pay less per bay for equipment and real property. 

At March 25, 2017, we leased the land and/orthe building at approximately 70% of our store locations and owned the land and building at the remaining locations.  Monro's policy is to situate new stores in the best locations, without regard to the form of ownership required to develop the locations.

New service and tire stores, (excluding acquired stores), have average sales of approximately $400,000 and $1,050,000, respectively, in their first 12 months of operation, or $67,000 and $150,000, respectively, per bay.

STORE OPERATIONS

Store Format

The typical format for a Monro store is a free-standing building consisting of a sales area, fully-equipped service bays and a parts/tires storage area.  Most service bays are equipped with above-ground electric vehicle lifts.  Generally, each store is located within 25 miles of a “key” store which carries approximately double the inventory of a typical store and serves as a mini-distribution point for slower moving inventory for other stores in its area.  Individual store sizes, number of bays and stocking levels vary greatly, even within the service and tire store groups, and are dependent primarily on the availability of suitable store locations, population, demographics and intensity of competition among other factors.(See additional discussion under “Store Additions and Closings”).  A summary of average store data for service and tire stores is presented below:

					Average
					Number
	Average	Average			of Stock
	Number	Square	Average		Keeping
	of Bays	Feet	Inventory		Units (SKUs)
Service stores (excluding ProCare)	6	4,500	$	100,000	2,300
Tire stores (excluding Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn      Warehouse stores)	8	6,500	$	127,000	1,300

Data for the acquired ProCare service stores has been excluded because the stores’ stock rooms are smaller than those in typical service stores, and therefore, they generally carry approximately half the amount of inventory of a typical service store.

Data for the Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores has been excluded because these locations primarily install new tires and wheels and many perform alignments.  Additionally, most Tire Warehouse stores have one indoor service bay to perform alignments.  The store building houses a waiting room, storage area and an area to mount and balance tires on the car’s wheels once the wheels and tires have been removed from the car.  Removal of old tires and wheels from, and installation of new tires and wheels on, customers’ cars are performed outdoors under a carport.  The average inventory carried by the Tire Warehouse and TireBarn Warehouse stores is $231,000 per store.

8

Stores generally are situated in high-visibility locations in suburban areas, major metropolitan areas or small towns and offer easy customer access.  The typical store is open from 7:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday and from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday.  A majority of store locations are also open Sundays from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

Inventory Control and Management Information System

All Company Stores communicate daily with the central office and warehouse by computerized inventory control and electronic POS management information systems, which enable us to collect sales and operational data on a daily basis, to adjust store pricing to reflect local conditions and to control inventory on a near "real-time" basis.  Additionally, each store has access, through the POS system, to the inventory carried by up to the 14 stores or warehouse nearest to it.  Management believes that this feature improves customer satisfaction and store productivity by reducing the time required to locate out-of-stock parts and tires.  It also improves profitability because it reduces the amount of inventory which must be purchased outside Monro from local vendors.

Quality Control and Warranties

To maintain quality control, we conduct audits to rate our employees' telephone sales manner and the accuracy of pricing information given.

We have a customer survey program to monitor customer attitudes toward service quality, friendliness, speed of service, and several other factors for each store.  Customer concerns are addressed by customer service and field management personnel.

Monro uses a “Double Check for Accuracy Program” as part of our routine store procedures.  This quality assurance program requires that a technician and supervisory-level employee independently inspect a customer’s vehicle, diagnose and document the necessary repairs, and agree on an estimate before presenting it to a customer.  This process is formally documented on the written estimate by store personnel. 

We are an active member of the Automotive Maintenance & Repair Association (“AMRA”).  AMRA is an organization of automotive retailers, wholesalers and manufacturers which was established as part of an industry-wide effort to address the ethics and business practices of companies in the automotive repair industry through the Motorist Assurance Program (“MAP”).  Participating companies commit to improving consumer confidence and trust in the automotive repair industry by adopting “Uniform Inspection Communication Standards” (“UICS”) established by MAP.  These “UICS” are available in our stores and serve to provide consistent recommendations to customers in the diagnosis and repair of a vehicle.

We offer limited warranties on substantially all of the products and services that we provide.  We believe that these warranties are competitive with industry practices and serve as a marketing tool to increase repeat business at our stores.

Store Personnel and Training

Monro supervises store operations primarily through our Divisional Vice Presidents who oversee Zone Managers who, in turn, oversee Market Managers.  The typical service store is staffed by a Store Manager and four to six technicians, one of whom serves as the Assistant Manager.  The typical tire store, except Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn stores, is staffed by a Store Manager, an Assistant Manager and/or Service Manager, and four to eight technicians.  Larger volume service and tire stores may also have one or two sales people.  The higher staffing level at many tire stores is necessary to support their higher sales volume.  Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn stores are generally staffed by a Store Manager and two to four technicians, one of whom serves as the Assistant Manager.  All Store Managers receive a base salary and Assistant Managers receive either hourly or salaried compensation.  In addition, Store Managers and Assistant Managers may receive other compensation based on their store's customer relations, gross profit, labor cost controls, safety, sales volume and other factors via a monthly or quarterly bonus based on performance in these areas.

We believe that the ability to recruit and retain qualified technicians is an important competitive factor in the automotive repair industry, which has historically experienced a high turnover rate.  We make a concerted effort to recruit individuals who will have a long-term commitment to the Company and offer an hourly rate structure and additional compensation based on productivity; a competitive benefits package including health, dental, life and disability insurance; a 401(k)/profit-sharing plan; as well as the opportunity to advance within the Company.  Many of our Store Managers and Market Managers started with the Company as technicians.

Many of our new technicians join the Company in their early twenties as trainees or apprentices.  As they progress, many are promoted to technician and eventually master technician, the latter requiring Automotive Service Excellence (“ASE”) certification in eight different categories.  We will reimburse technicians for the cost of ASE certification registration fees and test fees and encourage all technicians to become certified by providing a higher hourly wage rate following their certification.  We also offer free online ASE certification preparation courses, as well as a tool purchase program through which trainee technicians can acquire their own set of tools.

9

Our training program provides multiple training sessions to both Store Managers and technicians in each store, each year. 

Management training courses are developed and delivered by our dedicated training department and operations management, and are supplemented with live and on-line vendor training courses.  Management training covers safety, customer service, sales, human resources (counseling, recruiting, interviewing, etc.), leadership, scheduling, financial and operational areas, and is delivered on a regular basis.  We believe that involving Operations management in the development and delivery of these sessions results in more relevant and actionable training for Store Managers, and helps to improve overall performance and staff retention. 

Our training department develops and coordinates technical training courses on critical areas of automotive repair to Monro technicians (e.g. Antilock braking systems (“ABS”) brake repair, drivability, tire pressure monitoring system (“TPMS”), etc.) and also conducts required technical training to maintain compliance with state inspection licenses, where applicable, and AMRA/MAP accreditation.  Additionally, our training department holds periodic field technical clinics for store personnel and coordinates technician attendance at technical clinics offered by our vendors.  We have electronic repair manuals installed in all of our stores for daily reference.  We also issue technical bulletins to all stores on innovative or complex repair processes, and maintain a centralized database for technical repair problems.  In addition, Monro has established a telephone technical help line to provide assistance to store personnel in resolving problems encountered while diagnosing and repairing vehicles.  The help line is available during all hours of store operation.  In March 2017, we introduced a comprehensive set of on-line courses in automotive repair and tire service for our technicians to participate in.  These courses are offered at no cost to our employees.

Monro also maintains an employee website that contains many resources for both managers and technicians to reference including Human Resource information and forms.  Additionally, there is a Facilities section containing important environmental and equipment information, as well as a Training section that contains training programs, including on-line training videos, and documents for both managers and technicians.

OPERATING STRATEGY

Monro's operating strategy is to provide our customers with a wide range of dependable, high-quality automotive services at a competitive price by emphasizing the following key elements.

Products and Services

The typical store provides a full range of undercar repair services for brakes, steering, mufflers and exhaust systems, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment, as well as tire replacement and service.  These services apply to all makes and models of domestic and foreign cars, light trucks and vans.  As a percentage of sales, the service stores provide significantly more brake and exhaust services than tire stores, and tire stores provide substantially more tire replacement and related services than service stores.

Stores generally provide many of the routine maintenance services (except engine diagnostic), which automobile manufacturers suggest or require in the vehicle owner’s manuals, and which fulfill manufacturers’ requirements for new car warranty compliance.  We offer "Scheduled Maintenance" services in our stores whereby the aforementioned services are packaged and offered to consumers based upon the year, make, model and mileage of each specific vehicle.  Management believes that we are able to offer this service in a more convenient and cost competitive fashion than auto dealers can provide.

Included in maintenance services are oil change services, heating and cooling system "flush and fill" service, belt installation, fuel system service and a transmission "flush and fill" service.  Additionally, most stores replace and service batteries, starters and alternators.  Stores in Georgia, Illinois, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin perform annual state inspections.  Approximately 59% of our stores also offer air conditioning services.

The format of the Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores are slightly different from Monro’s typical service or tire stores (as described above) in that, generally, over 93% of the stores’ sales involve tire services, including the mounting and balancing of tires, and the sale of road hazard warranties.  Most of these stores also provide the installation of wiper blades.  Currently, 74% of Tire Warehouse and 90% of Tire Barn Warehouse stores perform alignments.  In fiscal year 2018, Monro plans to expand the number of Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores offering alignment services to 84% of total stores, as compared to 80% of total Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores offering alignment services in fiscal 2017.

10

Customer Satisfaction

Monro’s vision of being the dominant auto service provider in the markets we serve is supported by a set of values displayed in each Company Store emphasizing TRUST:

· Total Customer Satisfaction

· Respect, Recognize and Reward (employees who are committed to these values)

· Unparalleled Quality and Integrity

· Superior Value and

· Teamwork

Also displayed in each Company Store are guiding principles in support of our commitment to customer service: only present needed work; fix vehicles right the first time; complete vehicle service on time; and exceed the customer’s expectations.

Additionally, each Company-operated store operates under the following set of customer satisfaction principles: free inspection of brakes, tires, shocks, front end and exhaust systems (as applicable); item-by-item review with customers of problem areas; free written estimates; written guarantees; drive-in service without an appointment; fair and reasonable prices; a 30-day best price guarantee; and repairs by professionally-trained undercar and tire specialists.  (See additional discussion under “Store Operations: Quality Control and Warranties”.)

Competitive Pricing, Advertising and Co-branding Initiatives

Monro seeks to set competitive prices for quality services and products. We support our pricing strategy with special offers and coupons distributed through a variety of channels including:direct mail, email, digital advertising, newspaper, promotional store signage and in-store displays. In addition, to increase consumer awareness of the services we offer, Monro advertises through radio, cable television and yellow page advertising.  Our digital marketing efforts include paid and organic search on all major search engines, search remarketing and banner and mobile advertising. We also manage social media profiles on a variety of platforms.

Our websites include www.Monro.com,  www.MrTire.com,  www.TQTire.com,  www.AutoTire.com,  www.TireWarehouse.net,  www.KenTowery.com,  www.TireBarn.com,  www.TheTireChoice.com,  www.Mcgeetire.com and www.Tiresnowonline.com.  These sites help customers search for store locations, print coupons, make service appointments, shop for tires and access information on our services and products, as well as car care tips.

Monro currently maintains mobile apps on the iPhone and Android platforms that enable customers to access information, coupons and specials and make appointments on their smart phones, as they do on our websites.

Centralized Control

While we both operate and franchise stores, we believe that direct operation of stores enhances our ability to compete by providing centralized control of such areas of operations as service quality, store appearance, promotional activity and pricing.  We also believe our experience in operating stores makes us a more valuable partner to our franchisees.  A high level of competence is maintained throughout the Company, as we require as a condition of employment, that employees participate in periodic training programs, including sales, management, customer service and changes in automotive technology.  Additionally, purchasing, distribution, merchandising, advertising, accounting and other store support functions are centralized primarily in Monro's corporate headquarters in Rochester, New York, and are provided through our subsidiary, Monro Service Corporation.  The centralization of these functions results in efficiencies and gives management the ability to closely monitor and control costs.

Comprehensive Training

We provide ongoing, comprehensive training to our store employees.  We believe that such training provides a competitive advantage by enabling our technicians to provide quality service to our customers in all areas of undercar repair and tire service.  (See additional discussion under “Store Operations: Store Personnel and Training”.)

PURCHASING AND DISTRIBUTION

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Monro Service Corporation, we select and purchase tires, parts and supplies for all Company-operated stores on a centralized basis through an automatic replenishment system.  Although purchases outside the centralized system (“outside purchases”) are made when needed at the store level, these purchases are low by industry standards, and accounted for approximately 22% of all parts and tires used in fiscal 2017.

11

Our ten largest vendors accounted for approximately 68% of our parts and tire purchases, with the largest vendor accounting for approximately 25% of total stocking purchases in fiscal 2017.  In fiscal 2017, Monro imported approximately 20% of our parts and tire purchases.  We purchase parts, oil and tires from approximately 120 vendors.  Management believes that our relationships with vendors are excellent and that alternative sources of supply exist, at comparable cost, for substantially all parts used in our business.  We routinely obtain bids from vendors to ensure we are receiving competitive pricing and terms.

Most parts are shipped by vendors to our primary warehouse facility in Rochester, New York, and are distributed to stores by the Monro-operated tractor/trailer fleet.  The majority of tires are shipped to our stores directly by vendors pursuant to orders placed by our headquarters staff.  During fiscal 2013, we completed an expansion of our Rochester warehouse from 80,000 square feet to 135,000 square feet.  Stores are replenished at least bi-weekly from this warehouse, and such replenishment fills, on average, 97% of all items ordered by the stores' automatic POS-driven replenishment system.  The Rochester warehouse stocks approximately 3,300 SKUs.  Monro also operates warehouses in Maryland; Virginia; New Hampshire;Kentucky; North Carolina, including two warehouse locations; South Carolina and Tennessee.  These warehouses carry, on average, 1,000; 100; 700; 1,000;4,500; 2,800; 2,800 and 2,300 SKUs, respectively.

We enter into contracts with certain parts and tire suppliers, some of which require us to buy (at market competitive prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  These agreements expire at various dates.  We believe these agreements provide us with high quality, branded merchandise at preferred pricing, along with strong marketing and training support.

COMPETITION

Monro competes in the automotive service and tire industry.  This industry is generally highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary widely from region to region.  We believe that competition in this industry is based on customer service and reputation, store location, name awareness and price.  Monro's primary competitors include national and regional undercar, tire specialty and general automotive service chains, both franchised and company-operated; car dealerships, mass merchandisers’ operating service centers; and, to a lesser extent, gas stations, independent garages and Internet tire sellers.  Monro considers TBC Corporation (operating under the NTB, Merchant’s Tire, Midas and Tire Kingdom brands), Firestone Complete Auto Care service stores, The Pep Boys – Manny, Moe and Jack service stores and Meineke Discount Mufflers Inc. to be direct competitors.  In most of the new markets that we have entered, at least one competitor was already present.  In identifying new markets, we analyze, among other factors, the intensity of competition.  (See "Expansion Strategy” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".)

EMPLOYEES

As of March 25, 2017, Monro had 7,535 employees, of whom 7,097 were employed in the field organization,158 were employed at the warehouses, 220 were employed at our corporate headquarters and 60 were employed in other offices.  Monro's employees are not members of any union.  We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

REGULATION

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and governmental regulations relating to the operation of our business, including those governing workplace safety, zoning and the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances contained in the products that we sell and use in our service bays, the recycling of batteries, tires and used lubricants, and the ownership and operation of real property.  We maintain programs to facilitate compliance with these laws and regulations.  We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental and other laws and regulations, and that the cost of such compliance is not material to the Company.

Monro stores new oil and recycled antifreeze and generates and/or handles used tires and automotive oils, antifreeze and certain solvents, which are disposed of by licensed third-party contractors.  In certain states, as required, we also recycle oil filters.  Thus, we are subject to a number of federal, state and local environmental laws including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”).  In addition, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"), under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), and various state and local environmental protection agencies regulate our handling and disposal of waste.  The EPA, under the Clean Air Act, also regulates the installation of catalytic converters by Monro and all other repair stores by periodically spot checking repair jobs, and has the power to fine businesses that use improper procedures or materials.  The EPA has the authority to impose sanctions, including civil penalties up to $37,500 per violation (or up to $37,500 per day for certain willful violations or failures to cooperate with authorities), for violations of RCRA and the Clean Air Act. 

Monro is environmentally conscious, and takes advantage of recycling opportunities at our offices, warehouses and stores.  Cardboard, plastic shrink wrap and parts’ cores are returned to the warehouse by the stores on Monro stock trucks.  There, they are accumulated for sale to recycling companies or returned to parts manufacturers for credit.

12

SEASONALITY

Although our business is not highly seasonal, customers do purchase more undercar service during the period of March through October than the period of November through February, when miles driven tend to be lower.  In the tire stores, the better sales months are typically May through August, and October through December.  The slowest months are typically January through April and September.  As a result, profitability is typically lower during slower sales months, or months where mix is more heavily weighted toward tires, which is a lower margin category.  Additionally, since our stores are primarily located in the northeastern and midwestern United States, profitability tends to be lower in the winter months when certain costs, such as utilities and snow plowing, are typically higher.

COMPANY INFORMATION AND SEC FILINGS

Monro maintains a website at www.monro.com and makes its annual, quarterly and periodic Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings available through the Investor Information section of that website.  Monro’s SEC filings are available through this website free of charge, via a direct link to the SEC website at www.sec.gov.  Any materials that we file with the SEC are also available to the public at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1‑800‑SEC‑0330.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the risks discussed elsewhere in this annual report, the following are the important factors that could cause Monro’s actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward looking statements:

We operate in the highly competitive automotive repair industry.

The automotive repair industry in which we operate is generally highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of our competitors varies widely from region to region.  We believe that competition in the industry is based primarily on customer service, reputation, store location, name awareness and price.  Our primary competitors include national and regional undercar, tire specialty and general automotive service chains, both franchised and company-operated, car dealerships, mass merchandisers operating service centers and, to a lesser extent, gas stations, independent garages and Internet tire sellers.  Some of our competitors have greater financial resources, are more geographically diverse and have better name recognition than we do, which might place us at a competitive disadvantage to those competitors.  Because we seek to offer competitive prices, if our competitors reduce prices, we may be forced to reduce our prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Further, our success within this industry also depends upon our ability to respond in a timely manner to changes in customer demands for both products and services.  We cannot assure that we, or any of our stores, will be able to compete effectively.  If we are unable to compete successfully in new and existing markets, we may not achieve our projected revenue and profitability targets.

We are subject to seasonality and cycles in the general economy and customers’ use of vehicles, which may impact demand for our products and services.

Although our business is not highly seasonal, our customers typically purchase more undercar services during the period of March through October than the period of November through February, when miles driven tend to be lower. Further, customers may defer or forego vehicle maintenance at any time during periods of inclement weather. In the tire stores, the better sales months are typically May through August, and October through December. The slowest months are typically January through April and September. As a result, profitability is typically lower during slower sales months or months where mix is more heavily weighted toward tires, which is a lower margin category.

Additionally, for our stores located in the northeastern and midwestern United States, profitability tends to be lower in the winter months when certain costs, such as utilities and snow plowing, are typically higher.Sales can also be volatile in these areas in reaction to warm weather in winter months or severe weather, which can result in store closures.

The automotive repair industry is subject to fluctuations in the general economy. During a downturn in the economy, customers may defer or forego vehicle maintenance or repair. During periods of good economic conditions, consumers may decide to purchase new vehicles rather than having their older vehicles serviced. We purchase products such as oil and tires, which are subject to cost variations related to commodity costs.  If we cannot pass along cost increases, our profitability would be negatively impacted.

13

Further, our industry is influenced by the number of miles driven by automobile owners.  Factors that may cause the number of miles driven by automobile owners to decrease include the weather, travel patterns, gas prices and, as discussed above, fluctuations in the general economy.  Should a significant reduction in the number of miles driven by automobile owners occur, it would likely have an adverse effect on the demand for our products and services. For example, when the retail cost of gasoline increases, the number of miles driven by automobile owners may decrease, which could result in less frequent service intervals and fewer repairs.  Accordingly, a significant reduction in the number of miles driven by automobile owners could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We depend on our relationships with our vendors, including foreign sources, for certain inventory.  Our business may be negatively affected by the risks associated with such relationships and international trade.

We depend on close relationships with our vendors for parts, tires and supplies and for our ability to purchase products at competitive prices and terms.  Our ability to purchase at competitive prices and terms results from the volume of our purchases from these vendors.  We have entered into various contracts with parts suppliers that require us to buy from them (at market competitive prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  These agreements expire at various dates.

We believe that alternative sources exist for most of the products we sell or use at our stores, and we would not expect the loss of any one supplier to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.  Our dependence on a small number of suppliers, however, subjects us to the risks of shortages and interruptions.  If any of our suppliers do not perform adequately or otherwise fail to distribute parts or other supplies to our stores, our inability to replace the suppliers in a timely manner and on acceptable terms could increase our costs and could cause shortages or interruptions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Further, we depend on a number of products (e.g. brake parts, tires, oil filters) produced in foreign markets. We face risks associated with the delivery of inventory originating outside the United States, including:

· potential economic and political instability in countries where our suppliers are located;

· increases in shipping costs;

· transportation delays and interruptions;

· changes in U.S. and foreign laws affecting the importation and taxation of goods, including duties, tariffs and quotas, or changes in the enforcement of those laws;

· compliance with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments to foreign officials; and

· significant fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

Our industry is subject to environmental, consumer protection and other regulation.

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws, building and zoning requirements, employment laws and other governmental regulations regarding the operation of our business.  For example, we are subject to rules governing the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances contained in some of the products such as motor oil that we sell and use at our stores, the recycling of batteries, tires and used lubricants, and the ownership and operation of real property.  These laws and regulations can impose fines and criminal sanctions for violations and require the installation of pollution control equipment or operational changes to decrease the likelihood of accidental hazardous substance releases.  Accordingly, we could become subject to material liabilities relating to the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, and to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of exposure to, or release of, hazardous substances.  In addition, stricter interpretation of existing laws and regulations, new laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new or increased requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis of new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

National automotive repair chains have also been the subject of investigations and reports by consumer protection agencies and the Attorneys General of various states.  Publicity in connection with these kinds of investigations could have an adverse effect on our sales and, consequently, our business, financial condition and results of operations.  State and local governments have also enacted numerous consumer protection laws with which we must comply.

14

The costs of operating our stores may increase if there are changes in laws governing minimum hourly wages, working conditions, overtime, workers’ compensation and health insurance rates, unemployment tax rates or other laws and regulations.  A material increase in these costs that we were unable to offset by increasing our prices or by other means could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are involved in litigation from time to time arising from the operation of our business and, as such, we could incur substantial judgments, fines, legal fees or other costs.

We are sometimes the subject of complaints or litigation from customers, employees or other third parties for various actions.  From time to time, we are involved in litigation involving claims related to, among other things, breach of contract, negligence, tortious conduct and employment law matters, including payment of wages.  The damages sought against us in some of these litigation proceedings could be substantial.  Although we maintain liability insurance for some litigation claims, if one or more of the claims were to greatly exceed our insurance coverage limits or if our insurance policies do not cover a claim, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Business interruptions may negatively impact our store operations, availability of products and/or the operability of our computer systems, which may have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.  A breach of our computer systems could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

If any of our locations in a particular region are unexpectedly closed permanently or for a period of time, it could have a negative impact on our business.  Such closures could occur as a result of circumstances out of our control, including war, acts of terrorism, extreme weather conditions and other natural disasters.  Further, if our ability to obtain products and merchandise for use in our stores is impeded, it could have a negative impact on our business.  Factors that could negatively affect our ability to obtain products and merchandise include the sudden inability to import goods into the United States, for any reason and the curtailment or delay of commercial transportation. While we do maintain business interruption insurance, there is no guarantee that we will be able to use such insurance for any particular location closure or other interruption in operations.

Additionally, given the number of individual transactions we process each year,  it is critical that we maintain uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications hardware and software systems. Our systems could be subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems that result in the compromise of confidential customer data, catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes and hurricanes, and usage errors by our employees. If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim, we may face costly litigation, and our reputation with our customers may be harmed.  The risk of disruption is increased in periods where complex and significant systems changes are undertaken.  Any material interruption in our computer operations may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

If we experience a data security breach and confidential customer or employee information is disclosed, we may be subject to penalties and experience negative publicity, which could affect our customer relationships and have a material adverse effect on our business.  We may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these cybersecurity risks.

The nature of our business involves the receipt and storage of personally identifiable data of our customers and employees.  This type of data is subject to legislation and regulation in various jurisdictions. Data security breaches suffered by well-known companies and institutions have attracted a substantial amount of media attention, prompting state and federal legislative proposals addressing data privacy and security. We may become exposed to potential liabilities with respect to the data that we collect, manage and process, and may incur legal costs if our information security policies and procedures are not effective or if we are required to defend our methods of collection, processing and storage of personal data. Future investigations, lawsuits or adverse publicity relating to our methods of handling personal data could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows due to the costs and negative market reaction relating to such developments.

We may not have the resources or technical expertise to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber-attacks. Attacks may be targeted at us, our customers, or others who have entrusted us with information. Actual or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to hire additional personnel, purchase additional protection technologies, train employees, and engage third-party experts and consultants. In addition, data and security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including breach by us or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of personal or confidential information. Any compromise or breach of our security could result in violation of applicable privacy and other laws, significant legal and financial exposure, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our reputation.

15

Our business is affected by advances in automotive technology.

The demand for our products and services could be adversely affected by continuing developments in automotive technology.  Automotive manufacturers are producing cars that last longer and require service and maintenance at less frequent intervals in certain cases.  Quality improvement of manufacturers’ original equipment parts has in the past reduced, and may in the future reduce, demand for our products and services, adversely affecting our sales.  For example, manufacturers’ use of stainless steel exhaust components has significantly increased the life of those parts, thereby decreasing the demand for exhaust repairs and replacements.  Longer and more comprehensive warranty or service programs offered by automobile manufacturers and other third parties also could adversely affect the demand for our products and services.  We believe that a majority of new automobile owners have their cars serviced by a dealer during the period that the car is under warranty.  In addition, advances in automotive technology continue to require us to incur additional costs to update our diagnostic capabilities and technical training programs.  Changes in vehicle and powertrain technology and advances in autonomous vehicles and mobility could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations or investors’ perceptions of our business, any of which could have an adverse effect on the price of our stock.

We may not be successful in integrating new and acquired stores.

Management believes that our continued growth in sales and profit is dependent, in large part, upon our ability to open/acquire and operate new stores on a profitable basis.  In order to do so, we must find reasonably priced new store locations and acquisition candidates that meet our criteria and we must integrate any new stores (opened or acquired) into our system.  Our growth and profitability could be adversely affected if we are unable to open or acquire new stores or if new or existing stores do not operate at a sufficient level of profitability.  If new stores do not achieve expected levels of profitability, this may adversely impact our ability to remain in compliance with our debt covenants or to make required payments under our credit facility.

Any impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets or long-lived assets could negatively impact our results of operations.

Our goodwill, other intangible assets or long-lived assets, are subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and are also tested whenever events and circumstances indicate that goodwill, intangible assets and/or long-lived assets may be impaired.  Any excess goodwill resulting from the impairment test must be written off in the period of determination.  Intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) and other long-lived assets are generally amortized or depreciated over the useful life of such assets.  In addition, from time to time, we may acquire or make an investment in a business that will require us to record goodwill based on the purchase price and the value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets.  We have significantly increased our goodwill as a result of our acquisitions.  We may subsequently experience unforeseen issues with the businesses we acquire, which may adversely affect the anticipated returns of the business or value of the intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of recoverability of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets.  Future determinations of significant write-offs of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets, as a result of an impairment test or any accelerated amortization or depreciation of other intangible assets or other long-lived assets could have a material negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.  We have completed our annual impairment test for goodwill, and have concluded that we do not have any impairment of goodwill for the year ended March 25, 2017.

Store closings result in acceleration of costs.

From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, we close certain stores, generally based on considerations of store profitability, competition, strategic factors and other considerations.  Closing a store could subject us to costs including the write-down of leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture and fixtures.  In addition, we could remain liable for future lease obligations.

We rely on an adequate supply of skilled field personnel.

In order to continue to provide high quality services, we require an adequate supply of skilled field managers and technicians.  Trained and experienced automotive field personnel are in high demand, and may be in short supply in some areas.  We cannot assure that we will be able to attract, motivate and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our existing and future stores efficiently, or that labor expenses will not increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled field personnel, thereby adversely impacting our financial performance.  While the automotive repair industry generally operates with high field employee turnover, any material increases in employee turnover rates in our stores or any widespread employee dissatisfaction could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

16

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations, our liquidity will suffer and we may be unable to satisfy our obligations.

We currently rely on cash flow from operations and our Revolving Credit Facility to fund our business.  Amounts outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility are reported as debt on our balance sheet.  While we believe that we have the ability to sufficiently fund our planned operations and capital expenditures for the foreseeable future, various risks to our business could result in circumstances that would materially affect our liquidity.  For example, cash flows from our operations could be affected by changes in consumer spending habits, the failure to maintain favorable vendor payment terms or our inability to successfully implement sales growth initiatives, among other factors.  We may be unsuccessful in securing alternative financing when needed on terms that we consider acceptable.

In addition, a significant increase in our leverage could have the following risks:

· our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, store renovations, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future;

· our failure to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants governing our debt, which, among other things, require us to comply with certain financial ratios and limit our ability to incur additional debt and sell assets, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and

· our exposure to certain financial market risks, including fluctuations in interest rates associated with bank borrowings could become more significant.

If we do not perform in accordance with our debt covenants, our lenders may restrict our ability to draw on our Revolving Credit Facility.  We cannot assure that we will remain in compliance with our debt covenants in the future.

We depend on the services of key executives.

Our senior executives are important to our success because they have been instrumental in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying expansion opportunities and arranging necessary financing.  Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement could be found.  It may be difficult to replace them quickly with executives of equal experience and capabilities.  Although we have employment agreements with selected executives, we cannot prevent them from terminating their employment with us.  Other executives are not bound by any employment agreements with us.

New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could affect our financial performance adversely.

New accounting guidance may require systems and other changes that could increase our operating costs and/or change our financial statements.  For example, implementing accounting guidance related to leases will likely require us to make significant changes to our lease management system or other accounting systems, and will likely result in changes to our financial statements.  Additionally, implementing accounting guidance related to leases will likely impact certain performance metrics and financial ratios.

Unanticipated changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could result in material charges or restatements of our financial statements, which may further result in litigation or regulatory actions which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The effect of recent changes to U.S. healthcare laws may increase our healthcare costs and negatively impact our financial results.

We offer eligible employees the opportunity to enroll in healthcare coverage subsidized by us. For various reasons, many of our eligible employees currently choose not to participate in our healthcare plans. However, under the comprehensive U.S. healthcare reform law enacted in 2010, the Affordable Care Act, changes that became effective in 2014, and the employer mandate and employer penalties that became effective January 1, 2015, may significantly increase our labor costs. Changes in the law that took effect in 2014, including the imposition of increasing penalties on individuals who do not obtain healthcare coverage, may result in more eligible employees deciding to enroll in our healthcare plans.  This may increase our healthcare costs in the future.  Additionally, implementing the requirements of the Affordable Care Act has imposed some additional administrative costs on us, and those costs may increase over time. The costs and other effects of these new healthcare requirements cannot be determined with certainty, but they may have a material adverse effect on our financial and operating results.Further, other healthcare reform legislation being considered by Congress that may be enacted in the future could significantly impact our healthcare cost structure and affect our healthcare-related expenses.  If we cannot effectively modify our programs and operations in response to healthcare reform legislation that may be enacted in the future, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be adversely impacted.

17

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could expose us to shareholder action including securities class action litigation.

The stock market and the price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations based upon general economic and market conditions.  Downturns in the stock market may cause the price of our common stock to decline.  The market price of our stock may also be affected by our ability to meet analysts’ expectations.  Failure to meet such expectations, even slightly, could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.  In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholder action including securities class action litigation has often been instituted against such a company.  If similar litigation were instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The Company, through Monro Service Corporation, owns its office/warehouse facility of approximately 165,000 square feet, which is located on 12.7 acres of land in Holleder Technology Park, in Rochester, New York.  Monro Service Corporation also owns a second office/warehouse facility of approximately 28,000 square feet, which is located on 11.8 acres of land in Swanzey, New Hampshire.  We lease additional warehouse space in Maryland, Virginia,  Kentucky,  North Carolina, including two warehouse locations, South Carolina and Tennessee, and office space in Illinois for our Car-X franchise operations.The Company also owns one retread facility in North Carolina.

Of Monro's 1,118 Company-operated stores at March 25, 2017,  331 were owned, 689 were leased and for 98 stores, only the land was leased.In addition to the Company-operated stores, five wholesale locations and one retread facility were leased at March 25, 2017.  In general, we lease store sites for a ten-year period with several five-year renewal options.  Giving effect to all renewal options, approximately 66% of the leases (518 stores) expire after 2027.  Certain of the leases provide for contingent rental payments if a percentage of annual gross sales exceeds the base fixed rental amount.  The highest contingent percentage rent of any lease is 10.0%, and no such lease has adversely affected profitability of the store subject thereto.  A former officer of Monro or members of his family are the lessors, or such former officer or family members have interests in entities that are the lessors, with respect to six of the leases.  No related party leases exist, other than these six leases, and no new related party leases are contemplated.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Monro currently and from time to time is involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business, including employment-related litigation arising from claims by current and former employees.  Although we diligently defend against these claims, we may enter into discussions regarding settlement of these and other lawsuits, and may enter into settlement agreements, if management believes settlement is in the best interests of Monro and our shareholders.  Although the amount of liability that may result from these matters cannot be ascertained, management does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, they will result in liabilities material to Monro’s financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

18

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Company's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

MARKET INFORMATION

Monro’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, (the “Common Stock”) is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "MNRO".  The following table sets forth, for each quarter during the last two fiscal years, the range of high and low sales prices on the NASDAQ Stock Market for the Common Stock:

	Fiscal 2017				Fiscal 2016
Quarter Ended	High		Low		High		Low
June	$	73.86	$	56.15	$	66.53	$	55.34
September	$	70.78	$	55.24	$	68.81	$	60.12
December	$	62.07	$	52.05	$	77.00	$	62.25
March	$	61.10	$	51.65	$	71.03	$	59.66

HOLDERS

At May 5, 2017, Monro’s Common Stock was held by approximately 40 shareholders of record. This figure does not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

As of March 25, 2017, Monro maintained stock option plans under which employees and non-employee directors could be granted options to purchase shares of Monro’s Common Stock.  The following table contains information relating to such plans as of March 25, 2017.

				Number of Securities
				Remaining Available for
	Number of Securities			Future Issuance Under
	To Be Issued	Weighted Average		Equity Compensation
	Upon Exercise of	Exercise Price of		Plans (Excluding Securities
	Outstanding Options	Outstanding Options		Reflected in Column (a))
Plan Category	(a)	(b)		(c)
Equity compensation plans approved      by security holders	896,344	$	51.67	1,549,716
Equity compensation plans not approved      by security holders	—		—	—
Total	896,344	$	51.67	1,549,716

DIVIDENDS

In May 2015, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.15 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

In May 2016, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.17 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

In May 2017, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.18 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 2, 2017.  The dividend will be paid on June 12, 2017.

The declaration of and determination as to the payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, compliance with charter and contractual restrictions, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  Under our Revolving Credit Facility, we are not permitted to pay cash dividends in excess of 50% of our preceding year’s net income.  For additional information regarding our Revolving Credit Facility, see Note 6 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

19

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data of Monro for each fiscal year in the five-year period ended March25, 2017.  The financial data and certain operating data have been derived from Monro’s audited financial statements.  This data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included under Item 8 of this report and in conjunction with other financial information included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

		Year Ended Fiscal March
		2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
		(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
Sales		$	1,021,511		$	943,651		$	894,492		$	831,432		$	731,997
Cost of sales, including distribution      and occupancy costs			624,622			557,948			541,142			511,458			453,850
Gross profit			396,889			385,703			353,350			319,974			278,147
Operating, selling, general and      administrative expenses			280,505			265,114			243,561			224,627			204,442
Operating income			116,384			120,589			109,789			95,347			73,705
Interest expense, net			19,768			15,542			11,342			9,470			7,213
Other income, net			(628)			(374)			(908)			(659)			(332)
Income before provision for income taxes			97,244			105,421			99,355			86,536			66,824
Provision for income taxes			35,718			38,616			37,556			32,077			24,257
Net income		$	61,526		$	66,805		$	61,799		$	54,459		$	42,567
Earnings per share	Basic (a)	$	1.88		$	2.07		$	1.94		$	1.72		$	1.36
	Diluted (a)	$	1.85		$	2.00		$	1.88		$	1.67		$	1.32
Weighted average number of    Common Shares and equivalents	Basic		32,413			32,026			31,605			31,394			31,067
	Diluted		33,301			33,353			32,944			32,642			32,308
Cash dividends per common share      or common share equivalent		$	0.68		$	0.60		$	0.52		$	0.44		$	0.40
Selected Operating Data:
Sales growth:
Total			8.3	%		5.5	%		7.6	%		13.6	%		6.6	%
Comparable store (b)			(4.3)	%		(0.1)	%		(1.4)	%		(0.5)	%		(7.3)	%
Company-operated stores open at      beginning of year (c)			1,029			999			953			937			803
Company-operated stores open at      end of year (c)			1,118			1,029			999			953			937
Capital Expenditures (d)		$	34,640		$	36,834		$	34,750		$	32,150		$	34,185
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Net working capital (e)		$	13,337		$	2,504		$	5,549		$	17,665		$	15,126
Total assets (e)			1,185,264			999,438			907,794			759,816			739,433
Long-term obligations			395,503			269,045			255,688			187,040			214,809
Shareholders’ equity			581,254			536,195			473,611			415,984			365,042

_________________

Results from all fiscal years are based on a 52 week year

(a) See Note 10 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(b) Comparable store sales data (not adjusted for days) is calculated based on the change in sales of only those stores open as of the beginning of the preceding fiscal year.

(c) Includes only Company-operated stores.  No franchised, wholesale, retread or dealer locations are included.

(d) Amount does not include the funding of the purchase price of acquisitions.

(e) Fiscal years 2013 - 2015 reflect reclassifications of deferred taxes.

20

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following table sets forth income statement data of Monro expressed as a percentage of sales for the fiscal years indicated:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Sales	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs	61.1		59.1		60.5
Gross profit	38.9		40.9		39.5
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses	27.5		28.1		27.2
Operating income	11.4		12.8		12.3
Interest expense, net	1.9		1.6		1.3
Other income, net	(0.1)		—		(0.1)
Income before provision for income taxes	9.5		11.2		11.1
Provision for income taxes	3.5		4.1		4.2
Net income	6.0	%	7.1	%	6.9	%

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

We believe that the accounting policies listed below are those that are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and that required management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties.  This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements which includes other significant accounting policies.

Inventory

We evaluate whether inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value based on historical experience with the carrying value and life of inventory.  The assumptions used in this evaluation are based on current market conditions and we believe inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value in the consolidated financial statements.  In addition, historically we have been able to return excess items to vendors for credit or sell such inventory to other wholesalers.  Future changes by vendors in their policies or willingness to accept returns of excess inventory could require a revision in the estimates.

Business Combinations

We use the acquisition method in accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired, particularly intangible assets. As a result, in the case of significant acquisitions, we normally obtain the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist in estimating fair values of tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on expectations and assumptions about the future, considering the perspective of marketplace participants. While we believe those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Carrying Values of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews, which we typically perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

21

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. The goodwill impairment test consists of a two-step process, if necessary. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform the two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.  We believe there is little risk of impairment.

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying values.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical marketplace participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than our previously forecasted amounts.

Self-Insurance Reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

Stock-Based Compensation

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the following assumptions.  Expected volatilities are based on historical changes in the market price of the Company’s Common Stock.  The expected term of options granted is derived from the terms and conditions of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free rate is calculated using the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards.  We use historical data to estimate forfeitures.  The dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes and effective tax rates are calculated by legal entity and jurisdiction and are based on a number of factors, including our income, tax planning strategies, differences between tax laws and accounting rules, statutory tax rates and credits, uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances.  We use significant judgment and estimates in evaluating our tax positions.

Tax law and accounting rules often differ as to the timing and treatment of certain items of income and expense.  As a result, the tax rate reflected in our tax return (the current or cash tax rate) may differ from the tax rate reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.  Some of the differences are permanent, while other differences are temporary as they reverse over time.  We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for any temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  We establish valuation allowances when we believe it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized.

22

At any one time, our tax returns for several tax years are subject to examination by U.S. federal and state taxing jurisdictions.  We establish tax liabilities in accordance with the accounting guidance on income taxes.  Under the accounting guidance, the impact of an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken on an income tax return must be recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized in the financial statements unless it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  We adjust these tax liabilities, as well as the related interest and penalties, based on the latest facts and circumstances, including recently published rulings, court cases and outcomes of tax audits.  To the extent our actual tax liability differs from our established tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, our effective tax rate may be materially impacted.  While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of, the timing of, or the tax treatment of any particular tax position or deduction, we believe that our tax balances reflect the more-likely-than-not outcome of known tax contingencies.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal 2017 As Compared To Fiscal 2016

Sales for fiscal 2017 increased $77.9 million or 8.3% to $1.022 billion as compared to $943.7 million in fiscal 2016.  The increase was due to an increase of $124.3 million related to new stores, of which $102.5 million came from the fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017 acquisitions.  Largely offsetting this was a decrease in comparable stores of 4.3%.  Additionally, there was a decrease in sales from closed stores amounting to $8.1 million.  There were 361 selling days in both fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016. 

Barter sales of slower moving inventory totaled approximately $2.5 and $2.0 million for fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively.

During the year, 105 Company-operated stores were added and 16 were closed.  At March 25, 2017, we had 1,118 Company-operated stores in operation.

With regard to franchised locations, during fiscal 2017, we purchased 15 from existing franchisees and six closed.  At March 25, 2017, we had 114 franchised locations.

We believe that the decline in comparable store sales for fiscal 2017 resulted mainly from the challenging economic conditions facing our customers as well as unseasonably warmer winter weather in certain of our markets. 

Gross profit for fiscal 2017 was $396.9 million or 38.9% of sales as compared with $385.7 million or 40.9% of sales for fiscal 2016.  The decrease in gross profit for fiscal 2017, as a percentage of sales, was primarily due to a shift in sales mix related to recent acquisitions and the impact of a decrease in comparable store sales.

At our retail tire and automotive repair locations, we provide a broad range of services on passenger cars, light trucks and vans for brakes; mufflers and exhaust systems; and steering, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment.  We also provide other products and services, including tires and routine maintenance services, including state inspections.  During fiscal 2017, we acquired certain tire and automotive repair locations that also serve commercial customers and sell tires to customers for resale.  These locations conduct tire and automotive repair activities that are similar to our retail locations, other than with respect to the sales mix resulting from the sale of commercial tires as well as the gross margin of the wholesale locations being different primarily due to the higher mix of tires sold and the fact that those tire sales do not include installation or other tire related services that are more common at other locations.  In aggregate, the commercial and wholesale locations impacted consolidated revenue by approximately $56.5 million for the year ended March 25, 2017.  Additionally, due to the sales mix from our commercial and wholesale locations, our consolidated gross profit margin for the year ended March 25, 2017 was reduced by approximately 170 basis points.

On a comparable store basis, gross profit margin for fiscal 2017 decreased slightly as compared to the prior year.

Distribution and occupancy and labor costs were relatively flat as a percentage of sales as compared to the prior year.   

Operating expenses for fiscal 2017 were $280.5 million or 27.5% of sales compared with $265.1 million or 28.1% of sales for fiscal 2016.  The dollar increase primarily related to increased expenses for new stores.  On a comparable store basis, operating expenses for the year ended March 25, 2017 decreased as compared to the prior year.  We believe that this demonstrates the effectiveness of our strong cost control in a period of soft sales.

Operating income in fiscal 2017 of $116.4 million decreased 3.5% compared to operating income of $120.6 million in fiscal 2016, and decreased as a percentage of sales from 12.8% to 11.4% for the reasons described above. 

23

Net interest expense for fiscal 2017 increased by approximately $4.2 million as compared to the prior year, and increased as a percentage of sales from 1.6% to 1.9%.  The weighted average debt outstanding for the year ended March 25, 2017 increased by approximately $80 million from the year ended March 26, 2016.  This increase was primarily related to an increase in debt outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility to fund the purchase of our fiscal 2017 acquisitions, as well as increased capital leases related to our fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017 acquisitions.  The weighted average interest rate for the year ended March 25, 2017 remained relatively flat as compared to the same period of the prior year.

Our effective tax rate was 36.7% and 36.6%, respectively, of pre-tax income in fiscal 2017 and 2016.  We previously engaged tax specialists to assess the qualification of intercompany transactions in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulations of Internal Revenue Code Section 482.  Based on this assessment, we concluded that certain tax benefits of $.7 million should be recognized as a discrete item during the year ended March 26, 2016.  Excluding this net tax benefit, the effective income tax rate would have been approximately 37.3% for the year ended March 26, 2016.  The difference in the effective income tax rate relates primarily to the accounting for uncertain tax positions and recorded income tax credits which may vary from year to year.

Net income for fiscal 2017 decreased by $5.3 million, or 7.9%, from $66.8 million in fiscal 2016, to $61.5 million in fiscal 2017, and earnings per diluted share decreased by 7.5% from $2.00 to $1.85 due to the factors discussed above.

Fiscal 2016 As Compared To Fiscal 2015

Sales for fiscal 2016 increased $49.2 million or 5.5% to $943.7 million as compared to $894.5 million in fiscal 2015.  The increase was due to an increase of $68.7 million related to new stores, of which $63.5 million came from the fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016 acquisitions.  Partially offsetting this was a decrease in sales from closed stores amounting to $19.6 million, largely related to the BJ’s store closures in fiscal 2015.  Additionally, there was a decrease in comparable store sales of .1%.  There were 361 selling days in both fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015. 

Barter sales of slower moving inventory totaled approximately $2.0 and $5.0 million for fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively.

During the year, 52 Company-operated stores were added (including seven acquired from Car-X franchisees), and 22 were closed.  At March 26, 2016, we had 1,029 Company-operated stores in operation.

With regard to franchised locations, during fiscal 2016, we acquired 146, added two, and seven closed.  Additionally, we purchased seven during the year from existing franchisees.  At March 26, 2016, we had 135 franchised locations.

We believe that the slight decrease in comparable store sales for fiscal 2016 resulted primarily from continued weak economic conditions and lack of normal winter weather in our markets. 

For the year, comparable store traffic was up slightly while average ticket was down slightly (both less than 1%).  Comparable store maintenance, front end/shocks and exhaust sales declined in fiscal 2016.  However, key service categories of brakes and alignments increased by approximately 2% and 7%, respectively, on a comparable store basis as compared to the prior year, demonstrating our belief that needed repairs cannot be deferred indefinitely.  Although comparable store tire unit sales decreased during the year, tire category sales were relatively flat on a comparable store basis as we collected more from the consumer in average selling price per tire, and some consumers traded up to higher priced tires.

Gross profit for fiscal 2016 was $385.7 million or 40.9% of sales as compared with $353.3 million or 39.5% of sales for fiscal 2015.  The increase in gross profit for fiscal 2016, as a percentage of sales, was due primarily to a decrease in total material costs as compared to the prior year.  Total material costs, including outside purchases, decreased as compared to the prior year.  This was largely due to a decrease in oil and tire costs.

Distribution and occupancy and labor costs were relatively flat as a percentage of sales as compared to the prior year.  Labor productivity, as measured by sales per man hour, improved slightly over the prior year. 

Operating expenses for fiscal 2016 were $265.1 million or 28.1% of sales compared with $243.6 million or 27.2% of sales for fiscal 2015.  Excluding the increase in due diligence costs and the operating expenses associated with fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016 acquisitions, operating expenses increased only $2.7 million or approximately 1% over the prior year.  As a percentage of sales, the increase was largely due to increased expenses against flat comparable store sales.

Operating income in fiscal 2016 of $120.6 million increased 9.8% compared to operating income of $109.8 million in fiscal 2015, and increased as a percentage of sales from 12.3% to 12.8% for the reasons described above. 

24

Net interest expense for fiscal 2016 increased by approximately $4.2 million as compared to the prior year, and increased as a percentage of sales from 1.3% to 1.6%.  The weighted average debt outstanding for the year ended March 26, 2016 increased by approximately $41 million from fiscal 2015.  This increase was due to an increase in capital lease debt primarily related to the fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016 acquisitions, partially offset by a decrease in debt outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility.  There was also an increase in the weighted average interest rate of approximately 80 basis points from the prior year, largely due to capital lease debt, as well as an increase in the LIBOR and prime rates versus the same time last year.

Our effective tax rate was 36.6% and 37.8%, respectively, of pre-tax income in fiscal 2016 and 2015.   The decrease in the effective income tax rate for the year ended March 26, 2016 related primarily to a net tax benefit that was recorded for $.7 million.  We engaged tax specialists to assess the qualification of intercompany transactions in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulations of Internal Revenue Code Section 482.  Based on this assessment, we concluded that certain tax benefits of $.7 million should be recognized as a discrete item during the year.  Excluding this net tax benefit, the effective income tax rate would have been approximately 37.3% for the year ended March 26, 2016.  The remaining difference in the effective income tax rate relates primarily to the accounting for uncertain tax positions which may vary from year to year.

Net income for fiscal 2016 increased by $5.0 million, or 8.1%, from $61.8 million in fiscal 2015, to $66.8 million in fiscal 2016, and earnings per diluted share increased by 6.4% from $1.88 to $2.00 due to the factors discussed above.

CAPITAL RESOURCES, CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND LIQUIDITY

Capital Resources

Our primary capital requirements for fiscal 2017 were divided among the funding of acquisitions for $142.6 million, as well as the upgrading of facilities and systems and the funding of our store expansion program totaling $34.6 million.  In fiscal 2016, our primary capital requirements were divided among the funding of acquisitions for $49.0 million, as well as the upgrading of facilities and systems and the funding of our store expansion program totaling $36.8 million.  In both fiscal years 2017 and 2016, capital requirements were primarily met by cash flow from operations and from our revolving credit facility.

In fiscal 2018, we intend to open approximately 20 to 40 new greenfield stores.  Greenfield stores include new construction as well as the acquisition of one to four store operations.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield service store ranges, on average, from $360,000 to $990,000 depending on whether the store is leased, owned or land leased.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield tire (land and building leased) location costs, on average, approximately $600,000, including $250,000 for equipment and $150,000 for inventory.

Monro paid dividends of $22.5 million in fiscal 2017.  In May 2017, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.18 per common share or common share equivalent beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2018.

We also plan to continue to seek suitable acquisition candidates.  Management believes that we have sufficient resources available (including cash flow from operations and bank financing) to expand our business as currently planned for the next several years.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due by period under long-term debt, other financing instruments and commitments are as follows:

			Within		1 to		3 to		After
	Total		1 Year		3 Years		5 Years		5 Years
	(Dollars in thousands)
Principal payments on long-term debt	$	182,357	$	20	$	40	$	182,297
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations		228,444		15,278		34,121		39,710	$	139,335
Operating lease commitments		154,170		35,577		52,128		31,490		34,975
Other liabilities		4,333		800		1,600		1,600		333
Total	$	569,304	$	51,675	$	87,889	$	255,097	$	174,643

We believe that we can fulfill our contractual commitments utilizing our cash flow from operations and, if necessary, bank financing.

25

Liquidity

In January 2016, we entered into a new five-year $600 million Revolving Credit Facility agreement with nine banks (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit Facility replaced our previous revolving credit facility, as amended, which would have expired in December 2017.  Interest only is payable monthly throughout the Credit Facility’s term.  The Credit Facility increased our borrowing capacity from our prior financing agreement by $350 million to $600 million, and includes an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $100 million, an increase of $25 million from our prior financing agreement.  The expanded facility bears interest at 75 to 175 basis points over LIBOR.  The Credit Facility requires fees payable quarterly throughout the term between .15% and .35% of the amount of the average net availability under the Credit Facility during the preceding quarter.  There was $182.3 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 25, 2017.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 25, 2017.

At March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, the interest rate spread paid by the Company was 100 basis points over LIBOR. 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $80 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating 87.5 to 187.5 basis points over LIBOR annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $26.5 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 25, 2017.

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 25, 2017 was $391.2 million.

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Other specific terms and the maintenance of specified ratios are generally consistent with our prior financing agreement.  Additionally, the Credit Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions. 

In addition, we have financed certain store properties with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $228.4 million and are due in installments through May 2045.  We also have a $.1 million payable to the seller of an acquired business at March 25, 2017, due in equal installments through September 2019.

INFLATION

We do not believe our operations have been materially affected by inflation.  Monro has been successful, in many cases, in mitigating the effects of merchandise cost increases principally through the use of volume discounts and alternative vendors, as well as selling price increases.  See additional discussion under Risk Factors.

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 1 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the impact of recently issued accounting standards on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 25, 2017 and for the year then ended, as well as the expected impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements for future periods.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Monro is exposed to market risk from potential changes in interest rates.  As of March 25, 2017, approximately .03% of our debt financing, excluding capital leases and financing obligations, was at fixed interest rates and, therefore, the fair value of such debt financing is affected by changes in market interest rates.  Given a 1% change in LIBOR, our cash flow exposure on floating rate debt interest expense would result in interest expense fluctuating approximately $1.8 million based upon our debt position as of March 25, 2017.

Debt financing had a carrying amount and a fair value of $182.4 million as of March 25, 2017, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $103.3 million as of March 26, 2016. 

26

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	28
Audited Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016	29
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal three years ended March 25, 2017	30
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal three years ended March 25, 2017	31
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal three years ended March 25, 2017	32
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	33
Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)	58

27

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its subsidiaries at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 25, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 25, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 8.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Rochester, New York

May 24, 2017

28

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and equivalents	$	8,995	$	7,985
Trade receivables		11,465		4,301
Federal and state income taxes receivable		3,527		80
Inventories		142,604		129,035
Other current assets		32,639		28,674
Total current assets		199,230		170,075
Property, plant and equipment		712,999		639,936
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(318,365)		(288,354)
Net property, plant and equipment		394,634		351,582
Goodwill		501,736		400,132
Intangible assets		54,288		39,520
Other non-current assets		11,331		12,774
Long-term deferred income tax assets		24,045		25,355
Total assets	$	1,185,264	$	999,438
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations	$	15,298	$	11,244
Trade payables		79,492		69,887
Accrued payroll, payroll taxes and other payroll benefits		24,979		23,989
Accrued insurance		35,325		35,967
Warranty reserves		10,843		10,793
Other current liabilities		19,956		15,691
Total current liabilities		185,893		167,571
Long-term debt		182,337		103,315
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		213,166		165,730
Accrued rent expense		5,037		5,145
Other long-term liabilities		15,137		18,363
Long-term income taxes payable		2,440		3,119
Total liabilities		604,010		463,243
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Class C Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.50 par value, $.064 conversion value; 150,000 shares authorized; 21,802 and 32,500 shares issued and outstanding      at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively		33		49
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 65,000,000 shares authorized; 39,012,189 and 38,556,678 shares issued at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively		390		386
Treasury Stock, 6,322,417 and 6,316,652 shares at March 25, 2017 and      March 26, 2016, respectively, at cost		(106,212)		(105,856)
Additional paid-in capital		191,553		186,550
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(3,161)		(4,576)
Retained earnings		498,651		459,642
Total shareholders' equity		581,254		536,195
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	1,185,264	$	999,438

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

29

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Amounts in thousands, except
	per share data)
Sales	$	1,021,511	$	943,651	$	894,492
Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs		624,622		557,948		541,142
Gross profit		396,889		385,703		353,350
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses		280,505		265,114		243,561
Operating income		116,384		120,589		109,789
Interest expense, net of interest income		19,768		15,542		11,342
Other income, net		(628)		(374)		(908)
Income before provision for income taxes		97,244		105,421		99,355
Provision for income taxes		35,718		38,616		37,556
Net income	$	61,526	$	66,805	$	61,799
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Changes in pension, net of tax provision (benefit) of $788,  $65      and ($888), respectively		1,415		8		(1,449)
Other comprehensive income (loss)		1,415		8		(1,449)
Comprehensive income	$	62,941	$	66,813	$	60,350
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	1.88	$	2.07	$	1.94
Diluted	$	1.85	$	2.00	$	1.88
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in      computing earnings per share:
Basic		32,413		32,026		31,605
Diluted		33,301		33,353		32,944

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

30

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

	Class C											Accumulated
	Convertible									Additional		Other
	Preferred			Common			Treasury			Paid-In		Comprehensive		Retained
	Stock			Stock			Stock			Capital		Loss		Earnings		Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount
		(Dollars and shares in thousands)
Balance at March 29, 2014	33	$	49	37,568	$	376	6,077	$	(90,241)	$	141,365	$	(3,135)	$	367,570	$	415,984
Net income															61,799		61,799
Other comprehensive loss:
Pension liability adjustment   [($2,337) pre-tax]													(1,449)				(1,449)
Dividends (1):
Preferred															(395)		(395)
Common															(16,450)		(16,450)
Stock issuance costs											(14)						(14)
Tax benefit from exercise   of stock options											2,208						2,208
Exercise of stock options (2)				440		4	103		(5,397)		14,057						8,664
Stock-based compensation											3,264						3,264
Balance at March 28, 2015	33		49	38,008		380	6,180		(95,638)		160,880		(4,584)		412,524		473,611
Net income															66,805		66,805
Other comprehensive income:
Pension liability adjustment   ($73 pre-tax)													8				8
Dividends (1):
Preferred															(456)		(456)
Common															(19,231)		(19,231)
Tax benefit from exercise   of stock options											6,677						6,677
Exercise of stock options (2)				549		6	137		(10,218)		16,243						6,031
Stock-based compensation											2,750						2,750
Balance at March 26, 2016	33		49	38,557		386	6,317		(105,856)		186,550		(4,576)		459,642		536,195
Net income															61,526		61,526
Other comprehensive income:
Pension liability adjustment   ($2,203 pre-tax)													1,415				1,415
Dividends (1):
Preferred															(447)		(447)
Common															(22,070)		(22,070)
Conversion of Class C   Prefered Stock	(11)		(16)	250		2					14						—
Tax benefit from exercise   of stock options											3,510						3,510
Exercise of stock options				205		2	5		(356)		(1,004)						(1,358)
Stock-based compensation											2,483						2,483
Balance at March 25, 2017	22	$	33	39,012	$	390	6,322	$	(106,212)	$	191,553	$	(3,161)	$	498,651	$	581,254

_________________

(1) Dividends paid per common share or common share equivalent were $.68,  $.60 and $.52, respectively, for the years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015.

(2) Includes the receipt of treasury stock in connection with the exercise of stock options and to partially satisfy tax withholding obligations.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

31

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
	Increase (Decrease) in Cash
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	61,526	$	66,805	$	61,799
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided      by operating activities -
Depreciation and amortization		44,629		39,769		35,721
Stock-based compensation expense		2,483		2,750		3,264
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		—		(8)		(121)
Net change in deferred income taxes		11,256		6,589		6,338
Gain on bargain purchase		—		—		(386)
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets		85		(41)		265
Change in operating assets and liabilities (excluding acquisitions)
Trade receivables		(74)		(1,477)		168
Inventories		5,044		1,555		805
Other current assets		(2,879)		(6,847)		2,622
Other non-current assets		5,680		2,886		(498)
Trade payables		9,605		7,079		9,599
Accrued expenses		(3,224)		2,414		2,937
Federal and state income taxes receivable		63		6,212		4,764
Other long-term liabilities		(3,580)		(1,399)		(1,037)
Long-term income taxes payable		(679)		217		109
Total adjustments		68,409		59,699		64,550
Net cash provided by operating activities		129,935		126,504		126,349
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures		(34,640)		(36,834)		(34,750)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(142,567)		(49,018)		(84,367)
Proceeds from the disposal of assets		1,583		2,625		409
Net cash used for investing activities		(175,624)		(83,227)		(118,708)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings		470,027		336,942		343,561
Principal payments on long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations		(404,303)		(366,707)		(336,617)
Exercise of stock options		3,492		8,602		8,664
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		—		8		121
Dividends paid		(22,517)		(19,687)		(16,845)
Deferred financing costs		—		(2,180)		—
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities		46,699		(43,022)		(1,116)
Increase in cash		1,010		255		6,525
Cash at beginning of year		7,985		7,730		1,205
Cash at end of year	$	8,995	$	7,985	$	7,730

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

32

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Background

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC (together, “Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), are engaged principally in providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  Monro had 1,118 Company-operated stores, 114 franchised locations,five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and 14 dealer-operated automotive repair centers located in 27 states as of March25, 2017.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.   The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

Accounting estimates

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with such principles requires the use of estimates by management during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fiscal year

Monro reports its results on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March of each year.  The following are the dates represented by each fiscal period:

“Year ended Fiscal March 2017”: March 27, 2016 – March 25, 2017 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2016”: March 29, 2015 – March 26, 2016 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2015”: March 30, 2014 – March 28, 2015 (52 weeks)

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC, after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.

Revenue recognition

Sales are recorded upon completion of automotive undercar repair, tire delivery and tire services provided to customers.  The following was Monro’s sales mix for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Brakes	13	%	15	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		3		3
Steering	9		10		10
Tires	49		45		44
Maintenance	27		27		28
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Revenue from the sale of tire road hazard warranty agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or other method when costs are not incurred ratably.

Under various arrangements, we receive from certain tire vendors a delivery commission and reimbursement for the cost of the tire that we may deliver to customers on behalf of the tire vendor.  The commission we earn from these transactions is as an agent and the net amount retained is recorded as sales.

Cash equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

33

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Inventories

Our inventories consist of automotive parts and tires.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Barter credits

We value barter credits at the fair market value of the inventory exchanged, as determined by reference to price lists for buying groups and jobber pricing.  We use these credits primarily to pay vendors for purchases (mainly inventory vendors for the purchase of parts, oil and tires) or to purchase other goods or services from the barter company such as advertising.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis.  Buildings and improvements related to owned locations are depreciated over lives varying from 10 to 39 years; machinery, fixtures and equipment over lives varying from 3 to 15 years; and vehicles over lives varying from 4 to 10 years.  Computer hardware and software is depreciated over lives varying from 3 to 7 years.  Buildings and improvements related to leased locations are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  When property is sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  (See Note 4.)

Long-lived assets

We evaluate the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.  In addition, we report assets to be disposed of at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair market value less costs to sell.

Store opening and closing costs

New store opening costs are charged to expense in the fiscal year when incurred.  When we close a store, the estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation net of sublease income, if any, are charged to expense.

Leases

Financing Obligations –

We are involved in the construction of leased stores.  In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost overruns or non-standard tenant improvements.  As a result of this involvement, we are deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, requiring us to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For some of these leases, we are considered to have “continuing involvement”, which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete (“failed sale-leaseback”).  In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord.  We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Since we often assume leases in acquisition transactions, the accounting for a seller who was involved in the construction of leased stores passes to us.

Additionally, we may incur other financing obligations in connection with the accounting for acquisitions.

Capital Leases –

Some of our property is held under capital leases.  These assets are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the term of the lease.  We do not report rent expense for capital leases.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

34

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Operating Leases –

All other leases are considered operating leases.  Rent expense, including rent escalations, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  Generally, the lease term is the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured.

Goodwill and intangible assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews in accordance with accounting guidance on goodwill, which we typically perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. The goodwill impairment test consists of a two-step process, if necessary. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform the two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying amounts.  No such indicators were present in fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, in accordance with accounting guidance, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than its previously forecasted amounts.

As a result of our annual qualitative assessment performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2017, there were no impairments.  There have been no triggering events during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.

Self-insurance reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

35

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Warranty

We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs for parts that we install based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales.  Warranty expense related to all product warranties at and for the years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015 was not material to our financial position or results of operations.  See additional discussion of tire road hazard warranty agreements under the “Revenue recognition” section of this footnote.

Comprehensive income

As it relates to Monro, comprehensive income is defined as net earnings as adjusted for pension liability adjustments and is reported net of related taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using tax rates based on currently enacted rules and legislation and anticipated rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting guidance for uncertainties in income tax prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  Monro recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits and a consideration of the relevant taxing authority's administrative practices and precedents.  (See Note 7.)

Treasury stock

Treasury stock is accounted for using the par value method.  During the year ended March 26, 2016, Monro’s Chief Executive Officer surrendered 32,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and the related taxes on the exercise of 89,000 stock options.  Additionally, Monro’s Executive Chairman surrendered 100,000 shares of Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and to satisfy tax withholding obligations on the exercise of 150,000 stock options.  During the year ended March 28, 2015, Monro’s Chief Executive Officer surrendered 77,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price on the exercise of 113,000 stock options.  There was no activity for the Chief Executive Officer or Executive Chairman during the year ended March 25, 2017.

Stock-based compensation

We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  Forfeitures are estimated on the grant date and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We recognize compensation expense related to stock options using the straight-line approach.  Option awards generally vest equally over the service period established in the award, typically four years.  We estimate fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model.  Assumptions used to estimate the compensation expense are determined as follows:

· Expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees;

· Expected volatility is measured using historical changes in the market price of Monro’s Common Stock;

· Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards;

· Forfeitures are based substantially on the history of cancellations of similar awards granted by Monro in prior years; and

· Dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

36

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $12.17,  $13.10 and $11.27, respectively.  The fair values of the options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Risk-free interest rate	1.20	%	1.25	%	1.23	%
Expected life, in years	4		4		4
Expected volatility	25.9	%	27.2	%	27.7	%
Expected dividend yield	1.10	%	0.96	%	0.99	%

Total stock-based compensation expense included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in Monro’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015 was $2.5 million, $2.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively.  The related income tax benefit was $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively. 

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income less preferred stock dividends by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock and equivalents outstanding during the year.  Common Stock equivalents represent shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options.  (See Note 10.)

Advertising

We expense the production costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place, except for direct response advertising which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits.

Direct response advertising consists primarily of coupons for Monro’s services.  The capitalized costs of this advertising are amortized over the period of the coupon’s validity, which is typically two months.

Prepaid advertising at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, and advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015, were not material to these financial statements.

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

We account for vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits as a reduction of the cost of products purchased, except where the rebate or credit is a reimbursement of costs incurred to sell the vendor’s product, in which case it is offset against the costs incurred. 

Guarantees

At the time we issue a guarantee, we recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.  Monro has guaranteed certain lease payments, primarily related to franchisees, amounting to $7.5 million.  This amount represents the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantees as of March 25, 2017.  The leases are guaranteed through April 2020.  In the event of default by the franchise owner, Monro generally retains the right to assume the lease of the related store, enabling Monro to re-franchise the location or to operate that location as a Company-operated store.  As of March 25, 2017, we have recorded a liability of $.6 million related to anticipated defaults under the foregoing leases.

37

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  This guidance provides guidelines a company will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized.Additional guidance has subsequently been issued to amend or clarify the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016.  While the evaluation of the impact of the new revenue recognition guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements has not yet been fully determined, we anticipate the provisions to primarily impact the deferral of revenue generated by the sale of an extended warranty.  Generally, in relation to these provisions, the new guidance will require the transaction price of an arrangement including an extended warranty to be allocated based on the relative standalone selling prices of the extended warranty and the original service/product rather than the contract price of the extended warranty.  Therefore, the allocation may impact the amount of revenue deferred.  We are required to adopt this guidance utilizing one of two methods: retrospective restatement for each reporting period presented at time of adoption, or a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial application.  We intend to elect an adoption methodology after we have fully evaluated the impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, however, we do not expect this change to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  We are currently preparing to implement changes to our accounting policies, systems and controls to support the new revenue recognition and disclosure requirements.

In August 2014,  the FASB issued new accounting guidance for the disclosure of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This guidance establishes specific guidelines to an entity’s management on their responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. We have adopted this guidance during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 and we have evaluated the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as the need for related footnote disclosure.   We have concluded no disclosure is necessary regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to leases.  This guidance establishes a right of use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months.  Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.   The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.  Early adoption is permitted.  Approximately 50% of our store leases and all of our land leases are currently not recorded on our balance sheet.  Recording ROU assets and liabilities for these leases is expected to have a material impact on our balance sheet.  We are currently evaluating the impact that recording ROU assets and liabilities will have on our statements of comprehensive income and the financial statement impact that the standard will have on leases which are currently recorded on our balance sheet.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for share-based payments and their presentation in the financial statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to cash flow classification.  This guidance clarifies and provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues that are not addressed by current GAAP and thereby reduce the current diversity in practice.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies the definition of a business, particularly when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses.  This guidance provides a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business.  This screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the assets is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business.   If the screen is not met, the guidance provides a framework to evaluate whether both an input and a substantive process are present to be considered a business.   This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.   Early adoption is permitted for certain transactions. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

38

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance simplifying the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which required the determination of an implied fair value of goodwill.   Under this guidance, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.  This guidance is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.   This guidance is not expected to have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost.   This guidance requires employers to present the service cost component of the net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are to be presented separately from the service cost component and outside of any subtotal of income from operations. Employers will have to disclose the line(s) used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if the components are not presented separately in the income statement. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and should be applied retrospectively.  Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  This guidance is not expected to have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other recent authoritative guidance issued by the FASB (including technical corrections to the Accounting Standards Codification) and the Securities and Exchange Commission did not, or are not expected to have a material effect on Monro’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

Monro’s acquisitions are strategic moves in our plan to fill in and expand our presence in our existing and contiguous markets, and leverage fixed operating costs such as distribution, advertising and administration.  Acquisitions in this footnote include acquisitions of five or more locations as well as acquisitions of one to four locations that are part of the Company’s greenfield store growth strategy.

Subsequent Events

We have signed definitive asset purchase agreements to complete the acquisition of five retail tire and automotive repair stores located within our existing markets through four additional acquisitions.  These transactions are expected to close during the first quarter of fiscal 2018.  The acquisitions are expected to be financed through our existing credit facility.

On April 23, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Collier Automotive Group, Inc.  The store operates under The Tire Choice name.  The acquisition was financed through our existing credit facility.

Fiscal 2017

During fiscal 2017, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $141.8 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· On February 26, 2017, we acquired 16 retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois and Iowa from Nona, Inc., a Car-X franchisee.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On February 5, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in North Carolina and Virginia from Thrifty Tire of Roxboro, LLC.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On October 16, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Rhode Island from Hamel Tire Center, Inc.  This store operates under the Monro name. 

· On October 2, 2016, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Ohio from Parkway D/C Enterprises, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name. 

· On September 19, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Florida Tire Service, LLC.  This store will operate under The Tire Choice name.

39

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

· On September 18, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Michigan from Davco Development Company and Ricketts, Inc.  These stores operate under the Monro name.

· On September 11, 2016, we acquired 26 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in North Carolina, as well as four wholesale locations in North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee, from Clark Tire & Auto, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.  The wholesale locations and retread facility operate under the Tires Now name.

· On July 18, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Indiana from NTI, LLC.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On July 17, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Georgia from Kwik-Fit Tire & Service.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On July 10, 2016, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota from Task Holdings, Inc. and Autopar, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On June 26, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Michigan from Harlow Tire Company.  This store operates under the Monro name.

· OnJune 19, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New Hampshire from Express Tire Centers, LLC.  These stores operate under the Tire Warehouse name.

· On May 8, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Pioneer Tire Pros.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

· On May 1, 2016, we acquired 29 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in Florida from McGee Tire Stores, Inc.  These stores will operate primarily under The Tire Choice name.  The retread facility operates under the McGee Tire name.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to customer relationships, favorable leases and trade names.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2017. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $1.0 million for the year ended March 25, 2017.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales and net loss for the fiscal 2017 acquired locations totaled $104.9 million and approximately ($1.0) million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 25, 2017. The net loss includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

40

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The preliminary fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on preliminary valuation data and estimates. The excess of the net purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.  The preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price as of March 25, 2017 was as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash and equivalents	$	15
Trade receivables		6,977
Inventories		18,432
Other current assets		416
Property, plant and equipment		31,993
Intangible assets		21,394
Other non-current assets		208
Long-term deferred income tax assets		9,334
Total assets acquired		88,769
Warranty reserves		491
Other current liabilities		3,970
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		41,011
Other long-term liabilities		1,141
Total liabilities assumed		46,613
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	42,156
Total consideration transferred	$	141,807
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		42,156
Goodwill	$	99,651

The total consideration of $141.8 million is comprised of $141.7 million in cash, and a $.1 million payable to a seller.  The payable is being paid via equal annual payments through September 2019.

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Customer lists	$	11,999	13 years
Favorable leases		6,440	14 years
Trade names		2,955	17 years
Total	$	21,394	14 years

We continue to refine the valuation data and estimates related to inventory, road hazard warranty, intangible assets, real estate and real property leases for the fiscal 2017 acquisitions and expect to complete the valuations no later than the first anniversary date of the respective acquisition.  We anticipate that adjustments will continue to be made to the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and those adjustments may or may not be material.

Fiscal 2016

During fiscal 2016, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $51.1 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· During fiscal 2016, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois and Indiana from two former Car-X franchisees.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On January 31, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Georgia from Marietta Tire & Service, Inc.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On December 13, 2015, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Wisconsin from McMar, Inc., a former Car-X franchisee.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

41

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

· On December 13, 2015, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Host Tires of Lakeland, Inc.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

· On August 16, 2015, we acquired 27 retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New York and Pennsylvania from Kost Tire.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On July 12, 2015, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Massachusetts from Windsor Tire Co., Inc.  These stores operate under the Monro Brake & Tire name.

· On April 25, 2015, we acquired the Car-X Brand, as well as the franchise rights for 146 auto service centers from Car-X Associates Corp., a subsidiary of Tuffy Associates Corp.  At the time of acquisition, the Car-X stores were owned and operated by 32 independent Car-X franchisees in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, Tennessee, Texas and Wisconsin.  The franchise locations operate under the Car-X name.  Monro operates as the franchisor through a standard royalty agreement, while Car-X remains a separate and independent brand and business through Car-X, LLC, Monro’s wholly-owned subsidiary, with franchise operations based in Illinois.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to franchise agreements, trade name, favorable leases and customer relationships.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2016. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $.7 million for the year ended March 26, 2016.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales, including franchise royalty income, and net income for the fiscal 2016 acquired locations totaled $24.8 million and approximately $1.4 million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 26, 2016. Net income includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

We finalized the purchase accounting relative to the fiscal 2016 acquisitions during fiscal 2017.  As a result of the final purchase price allocations, certain of the fair value amounts previously estimated were adjusted during the measurement period.  These measurement period adjustments related to updated valuation reports and appraisals received from our external valuation specialists, as well as revisions to internal estimates.  The changes in estimates recorded in fiscal 2017 include an increase in trade receivables of $.1 million; an increase in property, plant and equipment of $2.6 million; an increase in intangible assets of $.4 million; an increase in long-term deferred income tax assets of $1.4 million; an increase in other current liabilities of $.6 million; an increase in long-term capital leases and financing obligations of $5.8 million; and an increase in total other liabilities of $.1 million.  The measurement period adjustments resulted in an increase to goodwill of $2.0 million.

These adjustments were not material to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

42

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We have recorded the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their values as of their respective acquisition dates (including any measurement prior adjustments), with the remainder recorded as goodwill as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Trade receivables	$	377
Inventories		916
Other current assets		502
Property, plant and equipment		13,785
Intangible assets		11,678
Other non-current assets		25
Long-term deferred income tax assets		6,902
Total assets acquired		34,185
Warranty reserves		184
Other current liabilities		2,202
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		27,975
Other long-term liabilities		885
Total liabilities assumed		31,246
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	2,939
Total consideration transferred	$	51,139
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		2,939
Goodwill	$	48,200

The total consideration of $51.1 million is comprised of $45.1 million in cash, and a $6.0 million payable to a seller.  The payable is being liquidated via equal monthly payments through August 2022.

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Franchise agreements	$	7,100	13 years
Trade name		2,000	15 years
Favorable leases		1,889	13 years
Customer lists		689	7 years
Total	$	11,678	13 years

NOTE 3 – OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

The composition of other current assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Vendor rebates receivable	$	14,327	$	11,984
Other		18,312		16,690
	$	32,639	$	28,674

43

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The major classifications of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

	March 25, 2017						March 26, 2016
			Assets Under						Assets Under
			Capital Lease/						Capital Lease/
	Assets		Financing				Assets		Financing
	Owned		Obligations		Total		Owned		Obligations		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	83,675			$	83,675	$	80,195			$	80,195
Buildings and improvements		223,566	$	147,786		371,352		212,421	$	112,969		325,390
Equipment, signage and fixtures		225,977				225,977		208,204				208,204
Vehicles		28,831				28,831		23,608				23,608
Construction-in-progress		3,164				3,164		2,539				2,539
		565,213		147,786		712,999		526,967		112,969		639,936
Less - Accumulated      depreciation and amortization		282,196		36,169		318,365		258,516		29,838		288,354
	$	283,017	$	111,617	$	394,634	$	268,451	$	83,131	$	351,582

Depreciation expense totaled $39.5 million, $36.0 million and $32.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Amortization expense recorded under capital leases and financing obligations and included in depreciation expense above totaled $9.5million, $7.5 million and $5.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

NOTE 5 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The changes in goodwill during fiscal 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 28, 2015	$	349,088
Fiscal 2016 acquisitions		46,247
Adjustments to fiscal 2015 purchase accounting		4,326
Other adjustments		471
Balance at March 26, 2016		400,132
Fiscal 2017 acquisitions		99,651
Adjustments to fiscal 2016 purchase accounting		1,953
Balance at March 25, 2017	$	501,736

In fiscal 2016, the other adjustments relate to an immaterial correction of an out of period error related to the lease liability for a fiscal 2013 acquisition.

The composition of other intangible assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017				2016
	Gross				Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Accumulated
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amortization
	(Dollars in thousands)
Customer lists	$	34,489	$	16,372	$	22,490	$	13,283
Favorable leases		25,378		7,764		18,418		5,996
Trade names		20,852		8,358		18,002		6,960
Franchise agreements		7,220		1,167		7,320		487
Other intangible assets		540		530		540		524
Total intangible assets	$	88,479	$	34,191	$	66,770	$	27,250

44

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Monro’s intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  The weighted average useful lives of Monro’s intangible assets are approximately 10 years for customer lists, 14 years for favorable leases,  14 years for trade names, 13 years for franchise agreements and five years for other intangible assets.

Amortization of intangible assets, excluding amortization of favorable leases included in rent expense, during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 totaled $5.1 million, $3.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

Estimated future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

	Customer lists/
	Trade names/
	Franchise agreements/		Favorable
Year Ending Fiscal March	Other		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	5,397	$	1,887
2019		4,804		1,823
2020		3,845		1,774
2021		3,183		1,707
2022		2,891		1,590

NOTE 6 – LONG-TERM DEBT, CAPITAL LEASES AND FINANCING OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations consist of the following:

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based (a)	$	182,297	$	103,315
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		60		—
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(20)		—
Long-term debt	$	182,337	$	103,315
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045	$	228,444	$	176,974
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(15,278)		(11,244)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	$	213,166	$	165,730

_________________

(a) The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 25, 2017 was .98%.

In January 2016, we entered into a new five-year $600 million Revolving Credit Facility agreement with nine banks (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit Facility replaced our previous revolving credit facility, as amended, which would have expired in December 2017.  Interest only is payable monthly throughout the Credit Facility’s term.  The Credit Facility increased our borrowing capacity from our prior financing agreement by $350 million to $600 million, and includes an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $100 million, an increase of $25 million from our prior revolving credit facility.  The expanded facility bears interest at 75 to 175 basis points over LIBOR.  The Credit Facility requires fees payable quarterly throughout the term between .15% and .35% of the amount of the average net availability under the Credit Facility during the preceding quarter.  There was $182.3 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 25, 2017.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 25, 2017.

At March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, the interest rate spread paid by the Company was 100basis points over LIBOR. 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $80 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating87.5 to 187.5 basis points over LIBOR annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $26.5 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 25, 2017.

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 25, 2017 was $391.2 million.

45

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Other specific terms and the maintenance of specified ratios are generally consistent with our prior financing agreement.  Additionally, the Credit Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions.

Long-term debt had a carrying amount and a fair value of $182.4 million as of March 25, 2017, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $103.3 million as of March 26, 2016.  The fair value of long-term debt was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using either quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or the current interest rates offered to Monro for debt with similar maturities.

In addition, we have financed certain store properties with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $228.4million and are due in installments through May 2045.  We also have a $.1 million payable to the seller of an acquired business at March 25, 2017, due in equal installments through September 2019.

Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years are as follows:

	Capital Leases/
	Financing Obligations
	Aggregate		Imputed		All Other
Year Ending Fiscal March	Amount		Interest		Debt		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	30,960	$	(15,682)	$	20	$	15,298
2019		31,487		(14,961)		20		16,546
2020		31,503		(13,908)		20		17,615
2021		32,173		(12,683)		182,297		201,787
2022		31,513		(11,293)				20,220

NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current -
Federal	$	22,040	$	29,202	$	28,262
State		2,422		2,825		2,956
		24,462		32,027		31,218
Deferred -
Federal		10,120		6,216		6,194
State		1,136		373		144
		11,256		6,589		6,338
Total	$	35,718	$	38,616	$	37,556

46

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets consist of the following:

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Goodwill	$	(39,715)	$	(31,075)
Other		(968)		(266)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(40,683)		(31,341)
Property and equipment		36,980		28,085
Insurance reserves		11,075		11,626
Warranty and other reserves		4,810		4,671
Stock options		2,509		3,040
Other		9,354		9,274
Total deferred tax assets		64,728		56,696
Net deferred tax assets	$	24,045	$	25,355

We have $4.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available as of March 25, 2017.  The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2037.  Based on all available evidence, we have determined that it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryforward period will exist for the realization of the tax benefits on existing state net operating loss carryforwards.

We believe it is more likely than not that all other future tax benefits will be realized as a result of current and future income.

A reconciliation between the U. S. federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate reflected in the accompanying financial statements is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017			2016			2015
	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Federal income tax based on      statutory tax rate applied      to income before taxes	$	34,035	35.0	$	36,897	35.0	$	34,774	35.0
State income tax, net of      federal income tax benefit		2,700	2.8		2,306	2.2		2,170	2.2
Other		(1,017)	(1.1)		(587)	(0.6)		612	0.6
	$	35,718	36.7	$	38,616	36.6	$	37,556	37.8

47

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following is a rollforward of Monro’s liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 29, 2014	$	5,900
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		2,066
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		164
Reductions		33
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(668)
Balance at March 28, 2015		7,495
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		1,116
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions
Reductions		(922)
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(760)
Balance at March 26, 2016		6,929
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		981
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		66
Reductions		(352)
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(732)
Balance at March 25, 2017	$	6,892

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $6.9 million at March 25, 2017, the majority of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

In the normal course of business, Monro provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties accordingly.  During the year ended March 28, 2015, we recognized interest and penalties of approximately $.1 million in income tax expense.   Additionally, we had approximately $.4 million of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax benefits accrued as of March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and income tax returns in various state jurisdictions.  Monro’s fiscal 2014 through 2016 U.S. federal tax years and various state tax years remain subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities.

48

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 8 – STOCK OWNERSHIP

A summary of the changes in the number of shares of Common Stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock is as follows:

		Class C
	Common	Convertible
	Stock	Preferred	Treasury
	Shares	Stock Shares	Stock
	Issued	Issued	Shares
Balance at March 29, 2014	37,567,902	32,500	6,076,951
Stock options exercised	439,635		103,538
Balance at March 28, 2015	38,007,537	32,500	6,180,489
Stock options exercised	549,141		136,163
Balance at March 26, 2016	38,556,678	32,500	6,316,652
Conversion of preferred shares	250,212	(10,698)
Stock options exercised	205,299		5,765
Balance at March 25, 2017	39,012,189	21,802	6,322,417

Holders of at least 60% of the Class C preferred stock must approve any action authorized by the holders of Common Stock.  In addition, there are certain restrictions on the transferability of shares of Class C preferred stock.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Monro, the holders of the Class C preferred stock would be entitled to receive $1.50 per share out of the assets of Monro before any amount would be paid to holders of Common Stock.  The conversion value of the Class C convertible preferred stock was $.064 per share at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

NOTE 9 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

Monro currently grants stock option awards under the 2007 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”).  The 2007 Plan was authorized by the Board of Directors in June 2007, initially reserving 873,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) of Common Stock for issuance to eligible employees and all non-employee directors.  The 2007 Plan was approved by shareholders in August 2007.  Prior to fiscal 2008, Monro had options outstanding under three other stock option plans: the 1994 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the “1994 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 1995); the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 1999); and the 2003 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 2003), collectively the “Prior Plans”.  Upon shareholder approval of the 2007 Plan, all shares of Common Stock available for award under the 1998 and 2003 Plans were transferred to, and made available for award under the 2007 Plan.  The 1994 Plan had no options available for grant upon adoption of the 2007 Plan.  No further option grants may be made under the Prior Plans, although outstanding awards under the Prior Plans will remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of those plans and the stock option agreements entered into under those plans.

The 1994 Plan had a total of 675,345 common shares authorized for issuance; the 1998 Plan had a total of 4,016,250 shares authorized for issuance; and the 2003 Plan had a total of 315,000 shares authorized for issuance (all as retroactively adjusted for stock splits).  Upon authorization of the 2007 Plan by shareholders, 628,620 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) were transferred from the 1998 and 2003 Plans into the 2007 Plan, bringing the total authorized shares to 1,501,620 (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits).  In addition, in May 2013 and 2010, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors authorized an additional 2,000,000 and 1,500,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), respectively, of common stock for grant under the 2007 Plan, which were approved by shareholders in August 2013 and August 2010, respectively.  At March 25, 2017, there were a total of 5,001,620 shares authorized for grant under the 2007 Plan (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), including the shares transferred from the 1998 and 2003 Plans.

Generally, employee options vest over afour year period, and have a duration of six to ten years.  Outstanding options are exercisable for various periods through March 2023.

49

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of changes in outstanding stock options is as follows:

	Weighted
	Average
	Exercise		Options
	Price		Outstanding
At March 29, 2014	$	31.58	1,773,401
Granted	$	52.73	211,225
Exercised	$	31.98	(439,635)
Canceled	$	43.04	(26,661)
At March 28, 2015	$	34.21	1,518,330
Granted	$	62.28	243,410
Exercised	$	29.59	(549,141)
Canceled	$	50.69	(23,808)
At March 26, 2016	$	41.75	1,188,791
Granted	$	62.01	232,560
Exercised	$	31.61	(485,660)
Canceled	$	61.20	(39,347)
At March 25, 2017	$	51.67	896,344

The total shares exercisable at March 25, 2017,  March 26, 2016and March 28, 2015  were563,109,  789,422 and 1,098,601, respectively.  The weighted average exercise price of all shares exercisable at March 25, 2017 was $46.61.  There were 1,549,716 shares available for grant at March 25, 2017.

The weighted average contractual term of all options outstanding at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was 3.1 years and 3.0 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options (the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) outstanding at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $4.9 million and $33.2 million, respectively.

The weighted average contractual term of all options exercisable at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was 2.4 years and 2.5 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options exercisable at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $4.8 million and $26.0 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted is as follows:

		Weighted
		Average
		Grant-Date
		Fair Value
	Options	(per Option)
Non-vested at March 29, 2014	612,829	$	8.88
Granted	211,225	$	11.27
Vested	(382,197)	$	9.22
Canceled	(22,128)	$	10.37
Non-vested at March 28, 2015	419,729	$	9.70
Granted	243,410	$	13.10
Vested	(242,841)	$	10.38
Canceled	(20,929)	$	10.18
Non-vested at March 26, 2016	399,369	$	11.26
Granted	232,560	$	12.17
Vested	(266,112)	$	10.48
Canceled	(32,582)	$	12.79
Non-vested at March 25, 2017	333,235	$	12.37

50

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 25, 2017:

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted	Weighted			Weighted
		Average	Average		Shares	Average
Range of	Shares	Remaining	Exercise		Under	Exercise
Exercise Prices	Under Option	Life	Price		Option	Price
$11.76 - $44.49	269,881	1.36	$	34.36	255,924	$	33.83
$44.50 - $57.25	241,393	3.28	$	53.45	122,843	$	52.05
$57.26 - $62.53	219,635	4.23	$	60.13	108,217	$	59.03
$62.54 - $75.76	165,435	4.24	$	66.10	76,125	$	63.18

During the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, the fair value of awards vested under Monro’s stock plans was $2.8 million, $2.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value is based on Monro’s closing stock price of $52.15,  $69.68 and $64.96 as of the last trading day of the periods ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015 was $13.3 million, $22.3 million and $10.3 million, respectively.  As of March 25, 2017, there was $3.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested fixed stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years.

Cash received from option exercises under all stock option plans was $3.5 million, $8.6 million and $8.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.  The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises was $3.5 million, $6.7 million and $2.2 million for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.

Monro issues new shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options.

NOTE 10 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the respective years:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net Income	$	61,526	$	66,805	$	61,799
Less:   Preferred stock dividends		(447)		(456)		(395)
Income available to common stockholders	$	61,079	$	66,349	$	61,404
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,413		32,026		31,605
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		675		760		760
Stock options		213		567		579
Weighted average common shares, diluted		33,301		33,353		32,944
Basic earnings per common share:	$	1.88	$	2.07	$	1.94
Diluted earnings per common share:	$	1.85	$	2.00	$	1.88

The computation of diluted earnings per common share for fiscal 2017, 2016and 2015excludes the effect of assumed exercise of approximately 304,000,  171,000 and 145,000 of stock options, respectively, as the exercise price of these options was greater than the average market value of Monro’s Common Stock for those periods, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share.

NOTE 11 – OPERATING LEASES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

We lease various facilities under noncancellable lease agreements which expire at various dates through fiscal 2041.  In addition to stated minimum payments, certain real estate leases have provisions for contingent rentals when retail sales exceed specified levels.  Generally, the leases provide for renewal for various periods at stipulated rates.  Most of the facilities’ leases require payment of property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs in addition to rental payments, and several provide an option to purchase the property at the end of the lease term.

51

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In recent years, we have entered into agreements for the sale/leaseback of certain stores.  Realized gains are deferred and are credited to income as rent expense adjustments over the lease terms.  We have lease renewal options under the real estate agreements at projected future fair market values.

Future minimum payments required under noncancellable leases (including closed stores) are as follows:

			Less -
			Sublease
Year Ending Fiscal March	Leases		Income		Net
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	35,668	$	(91)	$	35,577
2019		29,188		(68)		29,120
2020		23,081		(73)		23,008
2021		18,362		(74)		18,288
2022		13,280		(78)		13,202
Thereafter		35,281		(306)		34,975
Total	$	154,860	$	(690)	$	154,170

Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income, totaled $38,628,000,  $36,717,000 and $35,848,000 in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, including contingent rentals of $46,000,  $59,000 and $44,000 in each respective fiscal year.  Sublease income totaled $130,000,  $149,000 and $161,000, respectively, in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

We enter into contracts with parts and tire suppliers, certain of which require us to buy (at market competitive prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  The agreements expire at various dates.  We believe these agreements provide us with high quality, branded merchandise at preferred pricing, along with strong marketing and training support.

NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

We sponsor a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for Monro employees and the former Kimmel Automotive, Inc. employees.  In fiscal 2005, the previously separate Monro and Kimmel pension plans were merged.  The merged plan provides benefits to certain full-time employees who were employed with Monro and with Kimmel prior to April 2, 1998 and May 15, 2001, respectively. 

Effective as of those dates, each company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments whereby the benefits of each of the defined benefit plans would be frozen and the plans would be closed to new participants.  Prior to these amendments, coverage under the plans began after employees completed one year of service and attained age 21.  Benefits under both plans, and now the merged plan, are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement.  The funding policy for Monro’s merged plan is consistent with the funding requirements of Federal law and regulations.  The measurement date used to determine the pension plan measurements disclosed herein is March 31 for both 2017 and 2016.

The funded/(underfunded) status of Monro’s defined benefit plan is recognized as an other non-current asset/otherlong-term liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.

52

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The funded/(underfunded) status of the plan is set forth below:

	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	19,465	$	20,241
Actual return on plan assets		2,309		(95)
Benefits paid		(1,072)		(681)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		20,702		19,465
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		21,373		22,160
Interest cost		806		803
Actuarial gain		(702)		(909)
Benefits paid		(1,072)		(681)
Benefit obligation at end of year		20,405		21,373
Funded/(underfunded) status of plan	$	297	$	(1,908)

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations were equivalent at March 31 for both 2017 and 2016.

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Unamortized transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Unamortized prior service cost		0		0
Unamortized net loss		5,117		7,320
Total	$	5,117	$	7,320

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Prior service cost		0		0
Net actuarial income		2,203		73
Total	$	2,203	$	73

Pension (income) expenseincluded the following components:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$	806	$	803	$	832
Expected return on plan assets		(1,332)		(1,389)		(1,388)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		524		648		300
Net pension (income) expense	$	(2)	$	62	$	(256)

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
Discount rate	3.98	%	3.83	%

53

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Discount rate	3.83	%	3.69	%	4.42	%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based upon assumptions related to historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

The investment strategy of the plan is to conservatively manage the assets in order to meet the plan’s long-term obligations while maintaining sufficient liquidity to pay current benefits.  This is achieved by holding equity investments while investing a portion of assets in long duration bonds to match the long-term nature of the liabilities.  Monro’s general target allocation for the plan is 40% fixed income and 60% equity securities.

Monro’s asset allocations, by asset category, are as follows at the end of each year:

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
Cash and cash equivalents	1.7	%	3.4	%
Fixed income	39.7	%	36.8	%
Equity securities	58.6	%	59.8	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The following table provides fair value measurement information for Monro’s major categories of defined benefit plan assets at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively:

	Fair Value Measurements at March 25, 2017 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		Total	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,296	$	7,984	$	312
International companies		3,839		3,839
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,902				7,902
International bonds		317				317
Cash equivalents		348				348
Total	$	20,702	$	11,823	$	8,879

54

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

	Fair Value Measurements at March 26, 2016 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	7,800	$	7,623	$	177
International companies		3,850		3,850
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		6,788				6,788
U.S. Treasury bill		374		374
Cash equivalents		653				653
Total	$	19,465	$	11,847	$	7,618

There are no required or expected contributions in fiscal 2018 to the plan.

The following pension benefit payments are expected to be paid:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	895
2019		929
2020		968
2021		1,026
2022		1,084
2023 - 2027		5,843

We have a 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan that covers full-time employees who meet the age and service requirements of the plan.  The 401(k) salary deferral option was added to the plan during fiscal 2000.  The first employee deferral occurred in March 2000.  We make matching contributions consistent with the provisions of the plan.  Charges to expense for our matching contributions for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 amounted to approximately $828,000,  $731,000 and $655,000, respectively.  We may also make annual profit sharing contributions to the plan at the discretion of Monro’s Compensation Committee.

We have a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) to provide an opportunity for additional tax-deferred savings to a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Deferred Compensation Plan permits participants to defer all or any portion of the compensation that would otherwise be payable to them for the calendar year.  In addition, Monro will credit to the participants’ accounts such amounts as would have been contributed to Monro’s 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan but for the limitations that are imposed under the Internal Revenue Code based upon the participants’ status as highly compensated employees.  We may also make such additional discretionary allocations as are determined by the Compensation Committee.  The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded arrangement and the participants or their beneficiaries have an unsecured claim against the general assets of Monro to the extent of their Deferred Compensation Plan benefits.  We maintain accounts to reflect the amounts owed to each participant.  At least annually, the accounts are credited with earnings or losses calculated on the basis of an interest rate or other formula as determined by Monro’s Compensation Committee.  The total liability recorded in our financial statements at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 related to the Deferred Compensation Plan was $2,106,000 and $1,921,000, respectively.

Monro's management bonus plan provides for the payment of annual cash bonus awards to participating employees, as selected by our Board of Directors, based primarily on Monro's attaining pre-tax income targets established by our Board of Directors.  During the years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 andMarch 28, 2015, we recorded charges to expense of $463,000,$2,124,000 and $1,092,000, respectively.

55

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 13 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We are currently a party to leases for certain facilities where the lessor is a former officer of Monro or a family member of such former officer, or such former officer or family member has an interest in entities that are lessors. Six leases were assumed in March 2004 in connection with the Mr. Tire Acquisition, as well as one additional lease entered into during the year ended March 26, 2016. In March 2015, Monro purchased the property and building of one of these leased locations from this same former officer of Monro and a family member of such former officer for approximately $1.0 million. The payments under such operating and capital leases amounted to $754,000,  $711,000 and $717,000 for the fiscal years ended March 2017,  2016 and 2015, respectively. These payments are comparable to rents paid to unrelated parties. No amounts were payable at March 25, 2017 or March 26, 2016. No related party leases exist, other than these six leases, and no new leases are contemplated.

For many years, we had a consulting agreement with an investment banking firm associated with a principal shareholder/director of Monro to provide financial advice. In recent years, the agreement provided for an annual fee of $300,000, plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses. Under this agreement,we incurred fees of$225,000 and$300,000during the years ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively. No amountwas payable at March 26, 2016. Approximately half of all payments made to the investment banking firm under the consulting agreement were paid to another principal shareholder/director of Monro. In addition, this investment banking firm, from time to time, has provided other investment banking services to us for additional fees. During fiscal year 2016, with approval by the independent members of the Board of Directors (excluding the Director associated with this firm), we paid additional fees of $1,000,000 to this firm in connection with financial and strategic advisory services that were provided related to three unsuccessful acquisitions. In connection with making this payment, we negotiated that the aforementioned consulting agreement would end.

NOTE 14 – SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The following transactions represent non-cash investing and financing activities during the periods indicated:

Year ended March 25, 2017

In connection with the fiscal 2017 acquisitions and fiscal 2016 acquisition measurement period adjustments (see Note 2), liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	93,316,000
Goodwill		101,604,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(142,567,000)
Amounts payable to seller		740,000
Liabilities assumed	$	53,093,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $14,243,000.

Year ended March 26, 2016

In connection with the fiscal 2016 acquisitions and fiscal 2015 acquisition measurement period adjustments (see Note 2), liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	35,335,000
Goodwill		50,573,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(49,018,000)
Amounts payable to seller		(1,626,000)
Liabilities assumed	$	35,264,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $13,265,000.

56

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year ended March 28, 2015

In connection with the fiscal 2015 acquisitions, liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	62,184,000
Goodwill		79,316,000
Gain on bargain purchase		(386,000)
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(84,403,000)
Amounts payable to seller		(3,507,000)
Liabilities assumed	$	53,204,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $11,599,000.

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash paid during the year:
Interest, net	$	20,970	$	15,687	$	11,119
Income taxes, net	$	24,778	$	25,322	$	26,141

NOTE 15– LITIGATION

We are currently a party to various claims and legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business.  If management believes that a loss arising from any of these matters is probable and can reasonably be estimated, we will record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range, and no point within the range is more probable than another. As additional information becomes available, any potential liability related to these matters is assessed and the estimates are revised, if necessary.  Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur and may include monetary damages.  If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the financial position and results of operations of the period in which any such ruling occurs, or in future periods.  However, based on currently available information, management believes that the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In May 2017, Monro’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.18 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 2, 2017.  The dividend will be paid on June12, 2017.

See Note 2 for a discussion of acquisitions subsequent to March 25, 2017.

57

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth consolidated statement of income data by quarter for the years ended March 2017 and 2016.  Individual line items summed by quarters may not agree to the annual amounts reported due to rounding.

	Fiscal Quarter Ended
	June		Sept.		Dec.		March
	2016		2016		2016		2017
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Sales	$	235,290	$	245,927	$	288,283	$	252,011
Cost of sales		137,222		145,930		182,683		158,787
Gross profit (a)		98,068		99,997		105,600		93,224
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses		66,773		68,072		72,526		73,133
Operating income		31,295		31,925		33,074		20,091
Interest expense, net		4,485		4,488		5,261		5,535
Other income, net		(154)		(126)		(165)		(183)
Income before provision for income taxes		26,964		27,563		27,978		14,739
Provision for income taxes		10,209		10,019		10,412		5,078
Net income	$	16,755	$	17,544	$	17,566	$	9,661
Basic earnings per share	$	0.52	$	0.54	$	0.54	$	0.29
Diluted earnings per share (b)	$	0.50	$	0.53	$	0.53	$	0.29
Weighted average number of common      shares used in computing earnings per share
Basic		32,258		32,291		32,466		32,637
Diluted		33,327		33,317		33,292		33,289

	Fiscal Quarter Ended
	June		Sept.		Dec.		March
	2015		2015		2015		2016
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Sales	$	236,520	$	239,155	$	238,942	$	229,034
Cost of sales		136,802		138,430		145,575		137,141
Gross profit		99,718		100,725		93,367		91,893
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses		66,111		66,632		66,937		65,434
Operating income		33,607		34,093		26,430		26,459
Interest expense, net		3,392		3,758		3,853		4,540
Other (income) expense, net		(106)		(103)		(198)		32
Income before provision for income taxes		30,321		30,438		22,775		21,887
Provision for income taxes		11,522		11,566		7,544		7,984
Net income	$	18,799	$	18,872	$	15,231	$	13,903
Basic earnings per share	$	0.59	$	0.59	$	0.47	$	0.43
Diluted earnings per share (b)	$	0.57	$	0.57	$	0.46	$	0.42
Weighted average number of common      shares used in computing earnings per share
Basic		31,855		31,961		32,077		32,207
Diluted		33,108		33,160		33,333		33,293

_________________

(a) We have evaluated the principal versus agent accounting guidance in assessing the appropriate presentation for certain transactions primarily related to our fiscal 2017 acquisitions.  We have determined agent accounting is appropriate for such transactions and therefore concluded the amounts previously presented on a gross basis should have been recorded on a net basis.  Accordingly, we have revised amounts previously recorded in connection with these transactions during the first and second quarters of fiscal 2017.  The revisions resulted in a reduction of sales and cost of sales by equal amounts of $1.6 million and $2.7 million for the first and second quarters of fiscal 2017, respectively.  These revisions were not material to any prior comparable period and did not impact gross profit as previously reported.

(b) Earnings per share for each period was computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents outstanding during the respective quarters.

58

Significant fourth quarter adjustments

There were no material, extraordinary, unusual or infrequently occurring items recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 or 2016.  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Monro’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In conjunction with the close of each fiscal quarter and under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conduct an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures.  It is the conclusion of Monro’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, based upon an evaluation completed as of March 25, 2017, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that any material information relating to Monro was recorded, processed, summarized and reported to its principal officers to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Monro’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Monro’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Monro; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Monro are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Monro; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Monro's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Monro's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 25, 2017, the end of our fiscal year.  Management has reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  The effectiveness of Monro's internal control over financial reporting as of March 25, 2017 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Monro’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures or its internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Monro have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.  Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  Projections of any evaluation of controls’ effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks.  Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

59

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in Monro’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 25, 2017 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Monro’s internal control over financial reporting.

60

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Company and Corporate Governance

Information concerning the directors and executive officers of Monro is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Election of Directors” and “Executive Officers”, respectively, in the Proxy Statement.

Information concerning required Section 16(a) disclosure is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned  “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement.

Information concerning Monro’s corporate governance policies and procedures is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.

Monro’s directors and executive officers are subject to the provisions of Monro’s Code of Ethics for Management Employees, Officers and Directors (the “Code”), which is available in the Investor Information section of Monro’s website, www.monro.com.  Changes to the Code and any waivers are also posted on Monro’s website in the Investor Information section.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “ExecutiveCompensation” in the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information concerning Monro’s shares authorized for issuance under its equity compensation plans at March 25, 2017 and security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Security Ownership of Principal Shareholders, Directors and Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information concerning Monro’s principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Approval of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.

61

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements

Reference is made to Item 8 of Part II hereof.

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, the information isincluded elsewhere in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto or is immaterial.  Specific to warranty reserves and related activity, as stated in the Financial Statements, these amounts are immaterial.

Exhibits

Reference is made to the Index to Exhibits accompanying this Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The agreements accompanying this Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference may contain representations, warranties and other provisions that were made, among other things, to provide the parties thereto with specified rights and obligations and to allocate risk among them, and such agreements should not be relied upon by buyers, sellers or holders of Monro’s securities.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

62

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC.
	(Registrant)
By:	/s/ John W. Van Heel
	John W. Van Heel
	Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: May 24, 2017

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ John W. Van Heel	Chief Executive Officer, President	May 24, 2017
John W. Van Heel	and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Robert G. Gross*	Executive Chairman, Director	May 24, 2017
Robert G. Gross
/s/ Brian J. D’Ambrosia	Senior Vice President-Finance,	May 24, 2017
Brian J. D’Ambrosia	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Frederick M. Danziger*	Director	May 24, 2017
Frederick M. Danziger
/s/ Donald Glickman*	Director	May 24, 2017
Donald Glickman
/s/ Stephen C. McCluski*	Director	May 24, 2017
Stephen C. McCluski
/s/ Robert E. Mellor*	Director	May 24, 2017
Robert E. Mellor
/s/ Peter J. Solomon*	Director	May 24, 2017
Peter J. Solomon
/s/ James R. Wilen*	Director	May 24, 2017
James R. Wilen
/s/ Elizabeth A. Wolszon*	Director	May 24, 2017
Elizabeth A. Wolszon
	*  By: /s/ John W. Van Heel
	John W. Van Heel, as Attorney-in-Fact

63

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

The following is a list of all exhibits filed herewith or incorporated by reference herein:

Exhibit No.	Document
3.01*	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated July 23, 1991, with Certificate of Amendment, dated November 1, 1991. (SEC File No:0-19357, 1992 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 3.01)
3.01a*	Certificate of Change of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated January 26, 1996.  (August 2004 Form S-3, Exhibit 4.1(b))
3.01b*	Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 15, 2004.  (August 2004 Form S-3, Exhibit No. 4.1(c))
3.01c*	Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 10, 2007. (2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.01c)
3.01d*	Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated August 1, 2012. (2013 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.01d)
3.02*	Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, dated August 7, 2012.  (December 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 3.02)
10.01*	2007 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of June 29, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4)**
10.01a*	Amendment No. 1 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated August 9, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.1)**
10.01b*	Amendment No. 2 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 27, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.2)**
10.01c*	Amendment No. 3 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated August 10, 2010. (August 2010 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.1)**
10.01d*	Amendment No. 4 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated May 16, 2012. (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.01d)**
10.01e*	Amendment No. 5 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated June 28, 2013. (2013 Proxy, Exhibit A)**
10.01f*	Amendment No. 6 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated June 28, 2013. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.01f)**
10.03*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated January 1, 2005, and last amended and restated as of January 1, 2015. (2015 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.03) **
10.04*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, adopted February 1, 1972, and last amended and restated as of April 1, 2013. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.04) **
10.04a*	Amendment No. 1 to April 1, 2013 Restatement to Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of October 27, 2014 and effective as of June 26, 2013. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.04a)**
10.04b*	Amendment No. 2 to April 1, 2013 Restatement to Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of December 10, 2015 and effective as of April 1, 2015. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.04b)**
10.04c	Amendment No. 3 to April 1, 2013 Restatement to Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of January 30, 2017 and effective as of April 1, 2016.**
10.05*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, adopted May 1, 1960, and last amended and restated as of December 8, 2014. (2015 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.05)**

64

Exhibit No.	Document
10.05a*	First Amendment to December 8, 2014 Restatement to the Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, dated December 10, 2015 and effective as of April 1, 2015. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.05a)**
10.07*	Employment Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015 and effective as of October 1, 2015, between the Company and Robert G. Gross. (May 2015 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.07)**
10.14*	Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2014 and effective September 1, 2014, between the Company and Catherine D’Amico. (August 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**
10.18*	Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2016, by and among the Company and Citizens Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement. (January 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.18)
10.18a*	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016. (September 2016 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.18a)
10.19*	Security Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2016, by and among the Company, Monro Service Corporation, Car-X, LLC and Citizens Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.19)
10.20*	Guaranty, dated as of January 25, 2016, of Car-X, LLC and Monro Service Corporation. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.20)
10.21*	Negative Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2016, by and among the Company, Monro Service Corporation, Car-X, LLC and Citizens Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.21)
10.60*	Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2011, between Monro Service Corporation and the County of Monroe Industrial Development Agency.  (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.60)
10.61*	Leaseback Agreement, dated November 1, 2011, between the County of Monroe Industrial Development Agency and Monro Service Corporation. (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.61)
10.67*	Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 and effective as of October 1, 2012, between the Company and John W. Van Heel. (August 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**
10.68*	Employment Agreement, dated December 30, 2016 and effective as of January 1, 2017, between the Company and Brian J. D’Ambrosia.  (January 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.68)**
10.69*	Employment Agreement, dated February 11, 2014 and effective April 1, 2014, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr. (February 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**
10.69a*	Amendment to Employment Agreement of Joseph Tomarchio, Jr., dated May 14, 2014 and effective April 1, 2014, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr. (May 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**
10.69b	Letter Agreement, effective April 1, 2017, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr., terminating the Employment Agreement, as amended.**
10.72*†	Supply Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2012, by and between Ashland Consumer Markets (a commercial business unit of Ashland, Inc.) and Monro Service Corporation (December 2012 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.72)
10.77*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.Management Incentive Compensation Plan, effective as of June 1, 2002.  (2002 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.77)**
10.80*	Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 753.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80)

65

Exhibit No.	Document
10.80a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 753.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80a)
10.80b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by 1746 E. Joppa Road, LLC (formerly known as The Three Marquees), with respect to Store No. 753.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80b)
10.80c*	Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to 1746 E. Joppa Road, LLC (formerly known asThe Three Marquees), with respect to Store No. 753.  (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80c)
10.80d	Lease Amendment, dated September 17, 2014, from the Company to 1746 E. Joppa Road, LLC (formerly known as The Three Marquees), with respect to Store No. 753.
10.81*	Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, between 425 Manchester Road, LLC and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 754.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81)
10.81a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 754.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81a)
10.81b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by 425 Manchester Road, LLC, with respect to Store No. 754.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81b)
10.81c*	Renewal Letter, dated June 8, 2007, from the Company to 425 Manchester Road, LLC, with respect to Store No. 754. (2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81c)
10.82*	Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82)
10.82a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82a)
10.82b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82b)
10.82c*	Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82c)
10.82d*	Renewal Letter, dated November 30, 2015, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756. (2016 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82d)
10.83*	Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83)
10.83a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83a)
10.83b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83b)
10.83c*	Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83c)
10.83d*	Renewal Letter, dated November 30, 2015, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2016 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83d)
10.84*	Agreement, dated September 2, 1999, between LPR Associates and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 765.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84)

66

Exhibit No.	Document
10.84a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 765.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84a)
10.84b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by Mt. Airy South Main Street, LLC (formerly known as LPR Associates), with respect to Store No. 765.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84b)
10.84c*	Renewal Letter, dated October 29, 2008, from the Company to Mt. Airy South Main Street, LLC (formerly known as LPR Associates) with respect to Store No. 765. (2009 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84c)
10.84d*	Renewal Letter, dated December 4, 2013, from the Company to Mt. Airy South Main Street, LLC (formerly known asLPR Associates) with respect to Store No. 765. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84d)
21.01	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.01	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.01	Powers of Attorney.
31.1	Certification of John W. Van Heel, President and Chief Executive Officer.
31.2	Certification of Brian J. D’Ambrosia, Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer.
32.1	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).
	101.INS‡—XBRL Instance Document
	101.LAB‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
	101.PRE‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
	101.SCH‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase
	101.DEF‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

* An asterisk "*" following an exhibit number indicates that the exhibit is incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit to one of the following documents:  (1) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992 ("1992 Form 10-K"); (2) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2002 (“2002 Form 10-K”); (3) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2004 (“2004 Form 10-K”); (4) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-118176), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2004 (“August 2004 Form S-3”); (5) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-133044) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2006 (“April 2006 Form S-8 for 2003 Plan”); (6) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 25, 2006  (“2006 Form 10-K”); (7) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended March 29, 2008 (“2008 Form 10-K”); (8) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-151196) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2008 (“May 2008 Form S-8”); (9) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009 (“2009 Form 10-K”); (10) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 12, 2010 (“August 2010 Form 8-K”); (11) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 (“2012 Form 10-K”); (12) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 9, 2012 (“August 2012 Form 8-K”); (13) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 20, 2012 (“December 2012 Form 8-K”); (14) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 29, 2012 (“December 2012 Form 10-Q”); (15) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 11, 2014 (“February 2014 Form 8-K”); (16) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013 (“2013 Form 10-K”); (17) the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF14A, filed June 10, 2013 (“2013 Proxy”); (18) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 20, 2014 (“May 2014 Form 8-K”); (19) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014 (“2014 Form 10-K”); (20) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 29, 2014 (“August 2014 Form 8-K”); (21) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 27, 2015 (“May 2015 Form 8-K”); (22) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2015 (“2015 Form 10-K”); (23) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 26, 2015 (“December 2015 Form 10-Q”); (24) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 28, 2016 (“January 2016 Form 8-K”); (25) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 (the “2016 Form 10-K”); (26) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 24, 2016 (“September 2016 Form 10-Q”); and (27) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 4, 2017 (“January 2017 Form 8-K”). The appropriate document and exhibit number are indicated in parentheses.

67

**	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c) hereof.
†	Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
‡	Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement of prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or deemed filed for purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

68

EX-10.04C

Exhibit No. 10.04c

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC.

RETIREMENT PLAN

Amendment No. 3 to the April 1, 2013 Restatement

Pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. hereby amends the Plan, effective as of April 1, 2016, as follows:

1.Section 2.7 is amended by deleting the Section in its entirety and substituting the following in its place:

2.7Termination of Participation

Participation in the Plan shall cease (a) when a Participant dies, or (b) if a Participant incurs a One-Year Break in Service before he or she has acquired any vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit, or (c) if a Participant receives a lump sum distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of his or her vested benefit, provided he or she is not then accruing benefits hereunder or (d) if a Participant receives a distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of his or her vested benefit in the form of an annuity contract purchased on his or her behalf by the Trustees provided he or she is not then accruing benefits hereunder.

2.Section 5 is amended by adding new Section 5.12 to read as follows:

5.12Single Lump Sum Option.  

(a)The following individuals shall be eligible for payment under this Section 5.12 subject to the terms and conditions of this Section (and to all other terms and conditions of the Plan not to the contrary, including but not limited to the notice and the spousal consent requirements of Section 5.3(a)):

(i)       Participants who as of April 1, 2016:

are entitled to a vested Accrued Benefit under the Plan, the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent value of which is greater than $5,000 and not greater than $10,000,

have terminated employment before, and not completed an Hour of Service on or after, April 1, 2016, and

have not commenced or were required under the Plan to commence payment of benefits.

(ii)      Alternate payees who as of April 1, 2016:

are the subject of a qualified domestic relations order entitling them to a benefit under the Plan, which does not include any provision prohibiting payment under this Section,

have not commenced or been required to commence payment under the Plan, and

are entitled to a benefit under the Plan, the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent value of which is greater than $5,000 and not greater than $10,000.

(iii)     Surviving Spouses who as of April 1, 2016:

are entitled to a benefit under Section 3.3 of the Plan, the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent value of which is greater than $5,000 and not greater than $10,000, and

have not commenced or been required to commence benefits under this Plan.  

(b)         Those individuals identified in Section 5.12(a) shall be eligible to receive a lump sum payment of their benefit under the Plan if such individual can be located after a diligent search.  If a Participant is otherwise eligible to receive a distribution of his benefit, he shall also be eligible to commence an immediate distribution of his Accrued Benefit in any of the forms of payment in Section 5.3(b).  If a Participant is not otherwise eligible to receive a distribution of his benefit, he shall also be eligible to commence an immediate distribution of his Accrued Benefit as (i) a single life annuity, in the case of an unmarried Participant, or (ii) either a joint and 50% survivor annuity or a joint and 75% survivor annuity, in the case of a married Participant.  In order to receive payment under this Section, an eligible Participant must elect in a manner prescribed by the Committee or its designee during the window period of not less than 30 days, as determined by the Committee or its designee, with the consent of his or her Spouse, if applicable, in accordance with Section 5.3(a), to take his or her benefit under the Plan in the form of a lump sum.  If an eligible Participant makes a valid election in accordance with this Section and dies or is rehired as an Employee before the last day of the window period, the election shall be null and void and the Participant’s benefit shall be paid pursuant to the Plan’s provisions without regarding to this Section 5.12.

(c)          In the case of a deferred vested Participant, the lump sum payment shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of March 1, 2017.  In the case of an alternate payee, the lump sum payment shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payable to the alternate payee in accordance with the qualified domestic relations order governing the terms of the benefit payable to the alternate payee, determined as of March 1, 2017.  In the case of a Surviving Spouse, the lump sum payment shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payable under Section 3 determined as of March 1, 2017. 

(d)Committee Procedures.  The Committee shall establish such other procedures it deems necessary to carry out this Section and shall apply such procedures in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Amendment on its behalf this 30th day of January, 2017.

MONROMUFFLERBRAKE,INC
By:	/s/BrianJ.D’Ambrosia
Title:	ChiefFinancialOfficer

EX-10.69B

Exhibit 10.69b

Joseph Tomarchio, Jr.

235 Bayfront Drive

Bonita Springs Florida 34134

Dear Joe:

This will confirm our recent conversations in which we agreed to terminate your existing Employment Agreement with the Company, dated February 11, 2014 and amended on May 14, 2014, effective as of April 1, 2017. If you would confirm your agreement by signing below, I’d appreciate it.

Joe, thank you for your work on behalf of the Company.  I look forward to continuing to work with you.  My best regards. 

	Sincerely,
	/s/ John W. Van Heel
	John W. Van Heel,
	President and Chief Executive Officer
Confirmed and agreed.
/s/ Joseph Tomarchio Jr.
Joseph Tomarchio Jr.

EX-10.80D

Exhibit 10.80d

Lease Amendment

THIS LEASE AMENDMENT dated this 17th day of September, 2014

BETWEEN:

1746 East Joppa Road Associates, LLC
Formally "The Three Marquees" 
P.O. Box 55
Glenelg, Maryland 21737
(the "Landlord")

OF THE FIRST PART

- AND -

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.
Trading as Mr. Tire Auto Service Centers #753
200 Holleder Parkway
Rochester, New York 14615-3808
(the "Tenant")

OF THE SECOND PART

Background

A.  The Landlord and the Tenant entered into the lease (the "Lease") dated January 1, 1997, for the premises (the "Premises") as currently occupied by Tenant and located at 1746 East Joppa Road, Parkville Maryland 21234.

B.   The Landlord and the Tenant desire to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth in this lease amending agreement (the "Agreement").

C.   This Agreement is the first amendment to the Lease.

IN CONSIDERATION OF the Landlord and Tenant agreeing to amend their existing Lease, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, both parties agree to keep, perform, and fulfill the promises, conditions and agreements below:

Amendments

1.    The Lease is amended as follows:

a.    Tenant agrees to exercise the second and final Ten Year Option, which extends the current lease through December 31, 2026.

b.    In consideration of Tenant’s exercise of the Second and final Ten Year Option, the Landlord agrees to revise the Annual Rent schedule, which is to be paid in twelve equal monthly installments, as follows:

i.1/1/2015 through 12/31/2019 Annual Rent of $146,594.28, to be paid in twelve equal monthly installments of $12,216.19.

ii.1/1/2020 through 12/31/2024 Annual Rent of $161,253.71, to be paid in twelve equal monthly installments of $13,437.81.

iii.1/1/2025 through 12/31/2026 Annual Rent of $177,379.08, to be paid in twelve equal monthly installments of $14,781.59.

No Other Change

2.    Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

Miscellaneous Terms

3.    Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. Headings are inserted for the convenience of the parties only and are not to be considered when interpreting this Agreement. Words in the singular mean and include the plural and vice versa. Words in the masculine include the feminine and vice versa. The words "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used in this Agreement include the plural as well as the singular; no regard for gender is intended by the language in this Agreement.

Governing Law

4.    Subject to the terms of the Lease, it is the intention of the parties that this Agreement, and all suits and special proceedings under this Agreement, be construed in accordance with and governed, to the exclusion of the law of any other forum, by the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the jurisdiction in which any action or special proceeding may be instituted.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease Amending Agreement as of the date first above written.

	1746 East Joppa Road Associates, LLC
/s/ Joseph Tomarchio, Jr.
Witness	per:	/s/ Frederic G. Tomarchio, Member	(seal)
	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.
/s/ Paul Baratta	By:	/s/ John W. Van Heel
Witness	Its:	CEO

EX-21.01

Exhibit 21.01

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Monro Service Corporation	Delaware
Car-X, LLC	Delaware

EX-23.01

Exhibit 23.01

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

May 24, 2017

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.

200 Holleder Parkway

Rochester, New York 14615

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-34290, 333-57432, 333-133044 and 333-151196, 333-63880, 333-173129 and 333-196783) of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. of our report dated May 24, 2017 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopersLLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Rochester, New York

May 24, 2017

EX-24.01

Exhibit 24.01

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned directors of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Corporation"), do constitute and appoint JOHN W. VAN HEEL to be their true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities in connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended March 25, 2017 (the "Form 10-K") with the Securities and Exchange Commission, to sign the Form 10-K and any and all amendments related thereto and to file the same, with any exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done for all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this power of attorney has been signed by the following directors on May 24, 2017.

/s/ Frederick M. Danziger

Frederick M. Danziger

/s/ Donald Glickman

Donald Glickman

/s/ Robert G. Gross

Robert G. Gross

/s/ Stephen C. McCluski

Stephen C. McCluski

/s/ Robert E. Mellor

Robert E. Mellor

/s/ Peter J. Solomon

Peter J. Solomon

/s/ James R. Wilen

James R. Wilen

/s/ Elizabeth A. Wolszon

Elizabeth A. Wolszon

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, John W. Van Heel, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 24, 2017

/s/ John W. Van Heel

John W. Van Heel

Chief Executive Officer and President

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Brian J. D’Ambrosia, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))  for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 24, 2017

/s/ Brian J. D’Ambrosia

Brian J. D’Ambrosia

Senior Vice President – Finance,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

(SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

Pursuant to, and solely for purposes of, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), each of the undersigned hereby certifies in the capacity and on the date indicated below that:

1. The Annual Report of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. ("Monro") on Form 10-K for the period ended March 25, 2017as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Monro.

/s/ John W. Van Heel	Dated:  May 24, 2017
John W. Van Heel
Chief Executive Officer and President
/s/ Brian J. D’Ambrosia	Dated:  May 24, 2017
Brian J. D’Ambrosia
Senior Vice President – Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	May 05, 2017	Sep. 24, 2016
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000876427
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Mar. 25, 2017
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2017
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-25
Entity Well Known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 1,918,400,000
Entity Common Stock Shares Outstanding		32,692,965

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Current assets:
Cash and equivalents	$ 8,995	$ 7,985
Trade receivables	11,465	4,301
Federal and state income taxes receivable	3,527	80
Inventories	142,604	129,035
Other current assets	32,639	28,674
Total current assets	199,230	170,075
Property, plant and equipment	712,999	639,936
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(318,365)	(288,354)
Net property, plant and equipment	394,634	351,582
Goodwill	501,736	400,132
Intangible assets	54,288	39,520
Other non-current assets	11,331	12,774
Long-term deferred income tax assets	24,045	25,355
Total assets	1,185,264	999,438
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations	15,298	11,244
Trade payables	79,492	69,887
Accrued payroll, payroll taxes and other payroll benefits	24,979	23,989
Accrued insurance	35,325	35,967
Warranty reserves	10,843	10,793
Other current liabilities	19,956	15,691
Total current liabilities	185,893	167,571
Long-term debt	182,337	103,315
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	213,166	165,730
Accrued rent expense	5,037	5,145
Other long-term liabilities	15,137	18,363
Long-term income taxes payable	2,440	3,119
Total liabilities	604,010	463,243
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Class C Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.50 par value, $.064 conversion value; 150,000 shares authorized; 21,802 and 32,500 shares issued and outstanding at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively	33	49
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 65,000,000 shares authorized; 39,012,189 and 38,556,678 shares issued at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively	390	386
Treasury Stock, 6,322,417 and 6,316,652 shares at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively, at cost	(106,212)	(105,856)
Additional paid-in capital	191,553	186,550
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(3,161)	(4,576)
Retained earnings	498,651	459,642
Total shareholders' equity	581,254	536,195
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 1,185,264	$ 999,438

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Class C convertible preferred stock par value	$ 1.50	$ 1.50
Class C convertible preferred stock, conversion value	$ 0.064	$ 0.064
Class C convertible preferred stock shares authorized	150,000	150,000
Class C convertible preferred stock shares issued	21,802	32,500
Class C convertible preferred stock shares outstanding	21,802	32,500
Common stock par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock shares authorized	65,000,000	65,000,000
Common stock shares issued	39,012,189	38,556,678
Treasury stock shares	6,322,417	6,316,652

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Sales	$ 1,021,511	$ 943,651	$ 894,492
Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs	624,622	557,948	541,142
Gross profit	396,889	385,703	353,350
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses	280,505	265,114	243,561
Operating income	116,384	120,589	109,789
Interest expense, net of interest income	19,768	15,542	11,342
Other income, net	(628)	(374)	(908)
Income before provision for income taxes	97,244	105,421	99,355
Provision for income taxes	35,718	38,616	37,556
Net income	61,526	66,805	61,799
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Changes in pension, net of tax provision (benefit) of $788, $65 and ($888), respectively	1,415	8	(1,449)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	1,415	8	(1,449)
Comprehensive income	$ 62,941	$ 66,813	$ 60,350
Earnings per share:
Basic	$ 1.88	$ 2.07	$ 1.94
Diluted	$ 1.85	$ 2.00	$ 1.88
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computing earnings per share:
Basic	32,413	32,026	31,605
Diluted	33,301	33,353	32,944

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Tax provision (benefit) related to changes in pension	$ 788	$ 65	$ (888)

XML

Consolidated Statement Of Changes in Shareholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Class C Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Total
Balance beginning at Mar. 29, 2014		$ 49	$ 376	$ (90,241)	$ 141,365	$ (3,135)	$ 367,570	$ 415,984
Beginning balance, preferred shares at Mar. 29, 2014		32,500
Beginning balance, common shares at Mar. 29, 2014			37,567,902	6,076,951
Net income							61,799	61,799
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Pension liability adjustment						(1,449)		(1,449)
Dividends:
Preferred dividends	[1]						(395)	(395)
Common dividends	[1]						(16,450)	(16,450)
Stock issuance costs					(14)			(14)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options					2,208			2,208
Exercise of stock options	[2]		$ 4	$ (5,397)	14,057			$ 8,664
Exercise of stock options, shares			439,635	103,538				439,635
Stock-based compensation					3,264			$ 3,264
Balance ending at Mar. 28, 2015		$ 49	$ 380	$ (95,638)	160,880	(4,584)	412,524	473,611
Ending balance, preferred shares at Mar. 28, 2015		32,500
Ending balance, common shares at Mar. 28, 2015			38,007,537	6,180,489
Net income							66,805	66,805
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Pension liability adjustment						8		8
Dividends:
Preferred dividends	[1]						(456)	(456)
Common dividends	[1]						(19,231)	(19,231)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options					6,677			6,677
Exercise of stock options	[2]		$ 6	$ (10,218)	16,243			$ 6,031
Exercise of stock options, shares			549,141	136,163				549,141
Stock-based compensation					2,750			$ 2,750
Balance ending at Mar. 26, 2016		$ 49	$ 386	$ (105,856)	186,550	(4,576)	459,642	$ 536,195
Ending balance, preferred shares at Mar. 26, 2016		32,500						32,500
Ending balance, common shares at Mar. 26, 2016			38,556,678	6,316,652
Net income							61,526	$ 61,526
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Pension liability adjustment						1,415		1,415
Dividends:
Preferred dividends	[1]						(447)	(447)
Common dividends	[1]						(22,070)	(22,070)
Conversion of Class C Preferred Stock		$ (16)	$ 2		14
Conversion of Class C Preferred Stock, shares		(10,698)	250,212
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options					3,510			3,510
Exercise of stock options			$ 2	$ (356)	(1,004)			$ (1,358)
Exercise of stock options, shares			205,299	5,765				485,660
Stock-based compensation					2,483			$ 2,483
Balance ending at Mar. 25, 2017		$ 33	$ 390	$ (106,212)	$ 191,553	$ (3,161)	$ 498,651	$ 581,254
Ending balance, preferred shares at Mar. 25, 2017		21,802						21,802
Ending balance, common shares at Mar. 25, 2017			39,012,189	6,322,417

[1] Dividends paid per common share or common share equivalent were $.68, $.60 and $.52, respectively, for the years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015.

[2] Includes the receipt of treasury stock in connection with the exercise of stock options and to partially satisfy tax withholding obligations.

XML

Consolidated Statement Of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity [Abstract]
Common stock cash dividends per share	$ 0.68	$ 0.60	$ 0.52
Pension liability adjustment - pre-tax	$ 2,203	$ 73	$ (2,337)

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 61,526	$ 66,805	$ 61,799
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities -
Depreciation and amortization	44,629	39,769	35,721
Stock-based compensation expense	2,483	2,750	3,264
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		(8)	(121)
Net change in deferred income taxes	11,256	6,589	6,338
Gain on bargain purchase			(386)
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets	85	(41)	265
Change in operating assets and liabilities (excluding acquisitions):
Trade receivables	(74)	(1,477)	168
Inventories	5,044	1,555	805
Other current assets	(2,879)	(6,847)	2,622
Other non-current assets	5,680	2,886	(498)
Trade payables	9,605	7,079	9,599
Accrued expenses	(3,224)	2,414	2,937
Federal and state income taxes receivable	63	6,212	4,764
Other long-term liabilities	(3,580)	(1,399)	(1,037)
Long-term income taxes payable	(679)	217	109
Total adjustments	68,409	59,699	64,550
Net cash provided by operating activities	129,935	126,504	126,349
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(34,640)	(36,834)	(34,750)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(142,567)	(49,018)	(84,367)
Proceeds from the disposal of assets	1,583	2,625	409
Net cash used for investing activities	(175,624)	(83,227)	(118,708)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings	470,027	336,942	343,561
Principal payments on long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations	(404,303)	(366,707)	(336,617)
Exercise of stock options	3,492	8,602	8,664
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		8	121
Dividends paid	(22,517)	(19,687)	(16,845)
Deferred financing costs		(2,180)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities	46,699	(43,022)	(1,116)
Increase in cash	1,010	255	6,525
Cash at beginning of period	7,985	7,730	1,205
Cash at end of period	$ 8,995	$ 7,985	$ 7,730

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies

NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Background

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC (together, “Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), are engaged principally in providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  Monro had 1,118 Company-operated stores, 114 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and 14 dealer-operated automotive repair centers located in 27 states as of March 25, 2017.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.   The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

Accounting estimates

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with such principles requires the use of estimates by management during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fiscal year

Monro reports its results on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March of each year.  The following are the dates represented by each fiscal period:

“Year ended Fiscal March 2017”: March 27, 2016 – March 25, 2017 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2016”: March 29, 2015 – March 26, 2016 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2015”: March 30, 2014 – March 28, 2015 (52 weeks)

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC, after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.

Revenue recognition

Sales are recorded upon completion of automotive undercar repair, tire delivery and tire services provided to customers.  The following was Monro’s sales mix for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Brakes	13	%	15	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		3		3
Steering	9		10		10
Tires	49		45		44
Maintenance	27		27		28
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Revenue from the sale of tire road hazard warranty agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or other method when costs are not incurred ratably.

Under various arrangements, we receive from certain tire vendors a delivery commission and reimbursement for the cost of the tire that we may deliver to customers on behalf of the tire vendor.  The commission we earn from these transactions is as an agent and the net amount retained is recorded as sales.

Cash equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Our inventories consist of automotive parts and tires.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Barter credits

We value barter credits at the fair market value of the inventory exchanged, as determined by reference to price lists for buying groups and jobber pricing.  We use these credits primarily to pay vendors for purchases (mainly inventory vendors for the purchase of parts, oil and tires) or to purchase other goods or services from the barter company such as advertising.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis.  Buildings and improvements related to owned locations are depreciated over lives varying from 10 to 39 years; machinery, fixtures and equipment over lives varying from 3 to 15 years; and vehicles over lives varying from 4 to 10 years.  Computer hardware and software is depreciated over lives varying from 3 to 7 years.  Buildings and improvements related to leased locations are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  When property is sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  (See Note 4.)

Long-lived assets

We evaluate the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.  In addition, we report assets to be disposed of at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair market value less costs to sell.

Store opening and closing costs

New store opening costs are charged to expense in the fiscal year when incurred.  When we close a store, the estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation net of sublease income, if any, are charged to expense.

Leases

Financing Obligations –

We are involved in the construction of leased stores.  In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost overruns or non-standard tenant improvements.  As a result of this involvement, we are deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, requiring us to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For some of these leases, we are considered to have “continuing involvement”, which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete (“failed sale-leaseback”).  In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord.  We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Since we often assume leases in acquisition transactions, the accounting for a seller who was involved in the construction of leased stores passes to us.

Additionally, we may incur other financing obligations in connection with the accounting for acquisitions.

Capital Leases –

Some of our property is held under capital leases.  These assets are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the term of the lease.  We do not report rent expense for capital leases.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

Operating Leases –

All other leases are considered operating leases.  Rent expense, including rent escalations, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  Generally, the lease term is the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured.

Goodwill and intangible assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews in accordance with accounting guidance on goodwill, which we typically perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. The goodwill impairment test consists of a two-step process, if necessary. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform the two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying amounts.  No such indicators were present in fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, in accordance with accounting guidance, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than its previously forecasted amounts.

As a result of our annual qualitative assessment performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2017, there were no impairments.  There have been no triggering events during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.

Self-insurance reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

Warranty

We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs for parts that we install based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales.  Warranty expense related to all product warranties at and for the years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015 was not material to our financial position or results of operations.  See additional discussion of tire road hazard warranty agreements under the “Revenue recognition” section of this footnote.

Comprehensive income

As it relates to Monro, comprehensive income is defined as net earnings as adjusted for pension liability adjustments and is reported net of related taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using tax rates based on currently enacted rules and legislation and anticipated rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting guidance for uncertainties in income tax prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  Monro recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits and a consideration of the relevant taxing authority's administrative practices and precedents.  (See Note 7.)

Treasury stock

Treasury stock is accounted for using the par value method.  During the year ended March 26, 2016, Monro’s Chief Executive Officer surrendered 32,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and the related taxes on the exercise of 89,000 stock options.  Additionally, Monro’s Executive Chairman surrendered 100,000 shares of Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and to satisfy tax withholding obligations on the exercise of 150,000 stock options.  During the year ended March 28, 2015, Monro’s Chief Executive Officer surrendered 77,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price on the exercise of 113,000 stock options.  There was no activity for the Chief Executive Officer or Executive Chairman during the year ended March 25, 2017.

Stock-based compensation

We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  Forfeitures are estimated on the grant date and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We recognize compensation expense related to stock options using the straight-line approach.  Option awards generally vest equally over the service period established in the award, typically four years.  We estimate fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model.  Assumptions used to estimate the compensation expense are determined as follows:

· Expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees;

· Expected volatility is measured using historical changes in the market price of Monro’s Common Stock;

· Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards;

· Forfeitures are based substantially on the history of cancellations of similar awards granted by Monro in prior years; and

· Dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $12.17,  $13.10 and $11.27, respectively.  The fair values of the options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Risk-free interest rate	1.20	%	1.25	%	1.23	%
Expected life, in years	4		4		4
Expected volatility	25.9	%	27.2	%	27.7	%
Expected dividend yield	1.10	%	0.96	%	0.99	%

Total stock-based compensation expense included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in Monro’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015 was $2.5 million, $2.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively.  The related income tax benefit was $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively. 

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income less preferred stock dividends by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock and equivalents outstanding during the year.  Common Stock equivalents represent shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options.  (See Note 10.)

Advertising

We expense the production costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place, except for direct response advertising which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits.

Direct response advertising consists primarily of coupons for Monro’s services.  The capitalized costs of this advertising are amortized over the period of the coupon’s validity, which is typically two months.

Prepaid advertising at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, and advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015, were not material to these financial statements.

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

We account for vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits as a reduction of the cost of products purchased, except where the rebate or credit is a reimbursement of costs incurred to sell the vendor’s product, in which case it is offset against the costs incurred. 

Guarantees

At the time we issue a guarantee, we recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.  Monro has guaranteed certain lease payments, primarily related to franchisees, amounting to $7.5 million.  This amount represents the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantees as of March 25, 2017.  The leases are guaranteed through April 2020.  In the event of default by the franchise owner, Monro generally retains the right to assume the lease of the related store, enabling Monro to re-franchise the location or to operate that location as a Company-operated store.  As of March 25, 2017, we have recorded a liability of $.6 million related to anticipated defaults under the foregoing leases.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  This guidance provides guidelines a company will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized. Additional guidance has subsequently been issued to amend or clarify the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016.  While the evaluation of the impact of the new revenue recognition guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements has not yet been fully determined, we anticipate the provisions to primarily impact the deferral of revenue generated by the sale of an extended warranty.  Generally, in relation to these provisions, the new guidance will require the transaction price of an arrangement including an extended warranty to be allocated based on the relative standalone selling prices of the extended warranty and the original service/product rather than the contract price of the extended warranty.  Therefore, the allocation may impact the amount of revenue deferred.  We are required to adopt this guidance utilizing one of two methods: retrospective restatement for each reporting period presented at time of adoption, or a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial application.  We intend to elect an adoption methodology after we have fully evaluated the impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, however, we do not expect this change to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  We are currently preparing to implement changes to our accounting policies, systems and controls to support the new revenue recognition and disclosure requirements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for the disclosure of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This guidance establishes specific guidelines to an entity’s management on their responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. We have adopted this guidance during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 and we have evaluated the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as the need for related footnote disclosure.   We have concluded no disclosure is necessary regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to leases.  This guidance establishes a right of use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months.  Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.   The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.  Early adoption is permitted.  Approximately 50% of our store leases and all of our land leases are currently not recorded on our balance sheet.  Recording ROU assets and liabilities for these leases is expected to have a material impact on our balance sheet.  We are currently evaluating the impact that recording ROU assets and liabilities will have on our statements of comprehensive income and the financial statement impact that the standard will have on leases which are currently recorded on our balance sheet.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for share-based payments and their presentation in the financial statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to cash flow classification.  This guidance clarifies and provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues that are not addressed by current GAAP and thereby reduce the current diversity in practice.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies the definition of a business, particularly when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses.  This guidance provides a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business.  This screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the assets is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business.   If the screen is not met, the guidance provides a framework to evaluate whether both an input and a substantive process are present to be considered a business.   This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.   Early adoption is permitted for certain transactions. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance simplifying the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which required the determination of an implied fair value of goodwill.   Under this guidance, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.  This guidance is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.   This guidance is not expected to have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost.   This guidance requires employers to present the service cost component of the net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are to be presented separately from the service cost component and outside of any subtotal of income from operations. Employers will have to disclose the line(s) used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if the components are not presented separately in the income statement. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and should be applied retrospectively.  Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  This guidance is not expected to have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other recent authoritative guidance issued by the FASB (including technical corrections to the Accounting Standards Codification) and the Securities and Exchange Commission did not, or are not expected to have a material effect on Monro’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Acquisitions [Abstract]

Acquisitions

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

Monro’s acquisitions are strategic moves in our plan to fill in and expand our presence in our existing and contiguous markets, and leverage fixed operating costs such as distribution, advertising and administration.  Acquisitions in this footnote include acquisitions of five or more locations as well as acquisitions of one to four locations that are part of the Company’s greenfield store growth strategy.

Subsequent Events

We have signed definitive asset purchase agreements to complete the acquisition of five retail tire and automotive repair stores located within our existing markets through four additional acquisitions.  These transactions are expected to close during the first quarter of fiscal 2018.  The acquisitions are expected to be financed through our existing credit facility.

On April 23, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Collier Automotive Group, Inc.  The store operates under The Tire Choice name.  The acquisition was financed through our existing credit facility.

Fiscal 2017

During fiscal 2017, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $141.8 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· On February 26, 2017, we acquired 16 retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois and Iowa from Nona, Inc., a Car-X franchisee.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On February 5, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in North Carolina and Virginia from Thrifty Tire of Roxboro, LLC.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On October 16, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Rhode Island from Hamel Tire Center, Inc.  This store operates under the Monro name. 

· On October 2, 2016, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Ohio from Parkway D/C Enterprises, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name. 

· On September 19, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Florida Tire Service, LLC.  This store will operate under The Tire Choice name.

· On September 18, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Michigan from Davco Development Company and Ricketts, Inc.  These stores operate under the Monro name.

· On September 11, 2016, we acquired 26 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in North Carolina, as well as four wholesale locations in North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee, from Clark Tire & Auto, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.  The wholesale locations and retread facility operate under the Tires Now name.

· On July 18, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Indiana from NTI, LLC.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On July 17, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Georgia from Kwik-Fit Tire & Service.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On July 10, 2016, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota from Task Holdings, Inc. and Autopar, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On June 26, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Michigan from Harlow Tire Company.  This store operates under the Monro name.

· OnJune 19, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New Hampshire from Express Tire Centers, LLC.  These stores operate under the Tire Warehouse name.

· On May 8, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Pioneer Tire Pros.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

· On May 1, 2016, we acquired 29 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in Florida from McGee Tire Stores, Inc.  These stores will operate primarily under The Tire Choice name.  The retread facility operates under the McGee Tire name.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to customer relationships, favorable leases and trade names.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2017. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $1.0 million for the year ended March 25, 2017.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales and net loss for the fiscal 2017 acquired locations totaled $104.9 million and approximately ($1.0) million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 25, 2017.  The net loss includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

The preliminary fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on preliminary valuation data and estimates. The excess of the net purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.  The preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price as of March 25, 2017 was as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash and equivalents	$	15
Trade receivables		6,977
Inventories		18,432
Other current assets		416
Property, plant and equipment		31,993
Intangible assets		21,394
Other non-current assets		208
Long-term deferred income tax assets		9,334
Total assets acquired		88,769
Warranty reserves		491
Other current liabilities		3,970
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		41,011
Other long-term liabilities		1,141
Total liabilities assumed		46,613
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	42,156
Total consideration transferred	$	141,807
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		42,156
Goodwill	$	99,651

The total consideration of $141.8 million is comprised of $141.7 million in cash, and a $.1 million payable to a seller.  The payable is being paid via equal annual payments through September 2019.

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Customer lists	$	11,999	13 years
Favorable leases		6,440	14 years
Trade names		2,955	17 years
Total	$	21,394	14 years

We continue to refine the valuation data and estimates related to inventory, road hazard warranty, intangible assets, real estate and real property leases for the fiscal 2017 acquisitions and expect to complete the valuations no later than the first anniversary date of the respective acquisition.  We anticipate that adjustments will continue to be made to the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and those adjustments may or may not be material.

Fiscal 2016

During fiscal 2016, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $51.1 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· During fiscal 2016, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois and Indiana from two former Car-X franchisees.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On January 31, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Georgia from Marietta Tire & Service, Inc.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On December 13, 2015, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Wisconsin from McMar, Inc., a former Car-X franchisee.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On December 13, 2015, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Host Tires of Lakeland, Inc.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

· On August 16, 2015, we acquired 27 retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New York and Pennsylvania from Kost Tire.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On July 12, 2015, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Massachusetts from Windsor Tire Co., Inc.  These stores operate under the Monro Brake & Tire name.

· On April 25, 2015, we acquired the Car-X Brand, as well as the franchise rights for 146 auto service centers from Car-X Associates Corp., a subsidiary of Tuffy Associates Corp.  At the time of acquisition, the Car-X stores were owned and operated by 32 independent Car-X franchisees in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, Tennessee, Texas and Wisconsin.  The franchise locations operate under the Car-X name.  Monro operates as the franchisor through a standard royalty agreement, while Car-X remains a separate and independent brand and business through Car-X, LLC, Monro’s wholly-owned subsidiary, with franchise operations based in Illinois.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to franchise agreements, trade name, favorable leases and customer relationships.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2016. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $.7 million for the year ended March 26, 2016.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales, including franchise royalty income, and net income for the fiscal 2016 acquired locations totaled $24.8 million and approximately $1.4 million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 26, 2016. Net income includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

We finalized the purchase accounting relative to the fiscal 2016 acquisitions during fiscal 2017.  As a result of the final purchase price allocations, certain of the fair value amounts previously estimated were adjusted during the measurement period.  These measurement period adjustments related to updated valuation reports and appraisals received from our external valuation specialists, as well as revisions to internal estimates.  The changes in estimates recorded in fiscal 2017 include an increase in trade receivables of $.1 million; an increase in property, plant and equipment of $2.6 million; an increase in intangible assets of $.4 million; an increase in long-term deferred income tax assets of $1.4 million; an increase in other current liabilities of $.6 million; an increase in long-term capital leases and financing obligations of $5.8 million; and an increase in total other liabilities of $.1 million.  The measurement period adjustments resulted in an increase to goodwill of $2.0 million.

These adjustments were not material to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

We have recorded the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their values as of their respective acquisition dates (including any measurement prior adjustments), with the remainder recorded as goodwill as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Trade receivables	$	377
Inventories		916
Other current assets		502
Property, plant and equipment		13,785
Intangible assets		11,678
Other non-current assets		25
Long-term deferred income tax assets		6,902
Total assets acquired		34,185
Warranty reserves		184
Other current liabilities		2,202
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		27,975
Other long-term liabilities		885
Total liabilities assumed		31,246
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	2,939
Total consideration transferred	$	51,139
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		2,939
Goodwill	$	48,200

The total consideration of $51.1 million is comprised of $45.1 million in cash, and a $6.0 million payable to a seller.  The payable is being liquidated via equal monthly payments through August 2022.

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Franchise agreements	$	7,100	13 years
Trade name		2,000	15 years
Favorable leases		1,889	13 years
Customer lists		689	7 years
Total	$	11,678	13 years

XML

Other Current Assets

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Other Current Assets [Abstract]

Other Current Assets

NOTE 3 – OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

The composition of other current assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Vendor rebates receivable	$	14,327	$	11,984
Other		18,312		16,690
	$	32,639	$	28,674

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The major classifications of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

	March 25, 2017						March 26, 2016
			Assets Under						Assets Under
			Capital Lease/						Capital Lease/
	Assets		Financing				Assets		Financing
	Owned		Obligations		Total		Owned		Obligations		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	83,675			$	83,675	$	80,195			$	80,195
Buildings and improvements		223,566	$	147,786		371,352		212,421	$	112,969		325,390
Equipment, signage and fixtures		225,977				225,977		208,204				208,204
Vehicles		28,831				28,831		23,608				23,608
Construction-in-progress		3,164				3,164		2,539				2,539
		565,213		147,786		712,999		526,967		112,969		639,936
Less - Accumulated      depreciation and amortization		282,196		36,169		318,365		258,516		29,838		288,354
	$	283,017	$	111,617	$	394,634	$	268,451	$	83,131	$	351,582

Depreciation expense totaled $39.5 million, $36.0 million and $32.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Amortization expense recorded under capital leases and financing obligations and included in depreciation expense above totaled $9.5million, $7.5 million and $5.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Goodwill and Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

NOTE 5 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The changes in goodwill during fiscal 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 28, 2015	$	349,088
Fiscal 2016 acquisitions		46,247
Adjustments to fiscal 2015 purchase accounting		4,326
Other adjustments		471
Balance at March 26, 2016		400,132
Fiscal 2017 acquisitions		99,651
Adjustments to fiscal 2016 purchase accounting		1,953
Balance at March 25, 2017	$	501,736

In fiscal 2016, the other adjustments relate to an immaterial correction of an out of period error related to the lease liability for a fiscal 2013 acquisition.

The composition of other intangible assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017				2016
	Gross				Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Accumulated
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amortization
	(Dollars in thousands)
Customer lists	$	34,489	$	16,372	$	22,490	$	13,283
Favorable leases		25,378		7,764		18,418		5,996
Trade names		20,852		8,358		18,002		6,960
Franchise agreements		7,220		1,167		7,320		487
Other intangible assets		540		530		540		524
Total intangible assets	$	88,479	$	34,191	$	66,770	$	27,250

Monro’s intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  The weighted average useful lives of Monro’s intangible assets are approximately 10 years for customer lists, 14 years for favorable leases,  14 years for trade names, 13 years for franchise agreements and five years for other intangible assets.

Amortization of intangible assets, excluding amortization of favorable leases included in rent expense, during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 totaled $5.1 million, $3.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

Estimated future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

	Customer lists/
	Trade names/
	Franchise agreements/		Favorable
Year Ending Fiscal March	Other		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	5,397	$	1,887
2019		4,804		1,823
2020		3,845		1,774
2021		3,183		1,707
2022		2,891		1,590

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations

NOTE 6 – LONG-TERM DEBT, CAPITAL LEASES AND FINANCING OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations consist of the following:

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based (a)	$	182,297	$	103,315
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		60		—
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(20)		—
Long-term debt	$	182,337	$	103,315
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045	$	228,444	$	176,974
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(15,278)		(11,244)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	$	213,166	$	165,730

_________________

(a) The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 25, 2017 was .98%.

In January 2016, we entered into a new five-year $600 million Revolving Credit Facility agreement with nine banks (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit Facility replaced our previous revolving credit facility, as amended, which would have expired in December 2017.  Interest only is payable monthly throughout the Credit Facility’s term.  The Credit Facility increased our borrowing capacity from our prior financing agreement by $350 million to $600 million, and includes an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $100 million, an increase of $25 million from our prior revolving credit facility.  The expanded facility bears interest at 75 to 175 basis points over LIBOR.  The Credit Facility requires fees payable quarterly throughout the term between .15% and .35% of the amount of the average net availability under the Credit Facility during the preceding quarter.  There was $182.3 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 25, 2017.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 25, 2017.

At March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, the interest rate spread paid by the Company was 100basis points over LIBOR. 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $80 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating87.5 to 187.5 basis points over LIBOR annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $26.5 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 25, 2017.

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 25, 2017 was $391.2 million.

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Other specific terms and the maintenance of specified ratios are generally consistent with our prior financing agreement.  Additionally, the Credit Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions.

Long-term debt had a carrying amount and a fair value of $182.4 million as of March 25, 2017, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $103.3 million as of March 26, 2016.  The fair value of long-term debt was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using either quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or the current interest rates offered to Monro for debt with similar maturities.

In addition, we have financed certain store properties with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $228.4million and are due in installments through May 2045.  We also have a $.1 million payable to the seller of an acquired business at March 25, 2017, due in equal installments through September 2019.

Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years are as follows:

	Capital Leases/
	Financing Obligations
	Aggregate		Imputed		All Other
Year Ending Fiscal March	Amount		Interest		Debt		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	30,960	$	(15,682)	$	20	$	15,298
2019		31,487		(14,961)		20		16,546
2020		31,503		(13,908)		20		17,615
2021		32,173		(12,683)		182,297		201,787
2022		31,513		(11,293)				20,220

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current -
Federal	$	22,040	$	29,202	$	28,262
State		2,422		2,825		2,956
		24,462		32,027		31,218
Deferred -
Federal		10,120		6,216		6,194
State		1,136		373		144
		11,256		6,589		6,338
Total	$	35,718	$	38,616	$	37,556

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets consist of the following:

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Goodwill	$	(39,715)	$	(31,075)
Other		(968)		(266)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(40,683)		(31,341)
Property and equipment		36,980		28,085
Insurance reserves		11,075		11,626
Warranty and other reserves		4,810		4,671
Stock options		2,509		3,040
Other		9,354		9,274
Total deferred tax assets		64,728		56,696
Net deferred tax assets	$	24,045	$	25,355

We have $4.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available as of March 25, 2017.  The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2037.  Based on all available evidence, we have determined that it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryforward period will exist for the realization of the tax benefits on existing state net operating loss carryforwards.

We believe it is more likely than not that all other future tax benefits will be realized as a result of current and future income.

A reconciliation between the U. S. federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate reflected in the accompanying financial statements is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017			2016			2015
	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Federal income tax based on      statutory tax rate applied      to income before taxes	$	34,035	35.0	$	36,897	35.0	$	34,774	35.0
State income tax, net of      federal income tax benefit		2,700	2.8		2,306	2.2		2,170	2.2
Other		(1,017)	(1.1)		(587)	(0.6)		612	0.6
	$	35,718	36.7	$	38,616	36.6	$	37,556	37.8

The following is a rollforward of Monro’s liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 29, 2014	$	5,900
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		2,066
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		164
Reductions		33
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(668)
Balance at March 28, 2015		7,495
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		1,116
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions
Reductions		(922)
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(760)
Balance at March 26, 2016		6,929
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		981
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		66
Reductions		(352)
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(732)
Balance at March 25, 2017	$	6,892

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $6.9 million at March 25, 2017, the majority of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

In the normal course of business, Monro provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties accordingly.  During the year ended March 28, 2015, we recognized interest and penalties of approximately $.1 million in income tax expense. Additionally, we had approximately $.4 million of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax benefits accrued as of March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and income tax returns in various state jurisdictions.  Monro’s fiscal 2014 through 2016 U.S. federal tax years and various state tax years remain subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities.

XML

Stock Ownership

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Stock Ownership [Abstract]

Stock Ownership

NOTE 8 – STOCK OWNERSHIP

A summary of the changes in the number of shares of Common Stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock is as follows:

		Class C
	Common	Convertible
	Stock	Preferred	Treasury
	Shares	Stock Shares	Stock
	Issued	Issued	Shares
Balance at March 29, 2014	37,567,902	32,500	6,076,951
Stock options exercised	439,635		103,538
Balance at March 28, 2015	38,007,537	32,500	6,180,489
Stock options exercised	549,141		136,163
Balance at March 26, 2016	38,556,678	32,500	6,316,652
Conversion of preferred shares	250,212	(10,698)
Stock options exercised	205,299		5,765
Balance at March 25, 2017	39,012,189	21,802	6,322,417

Holders of at least 60% of the Class C preferred stock must approve any action authorized by the holders of Common Stock.  In addition, there are certain restrictions on the transferability of shares of Class C preferred stock.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Monro, the holders of the Class C preferred stock would be entitled to receive $1.50 per share out of the assets of Monro before any amount would be paid to holders of Common Stock.  The conversion value of the Class C convertible preferred stock was $.064 per share at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

XML

Share Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Share Based Compensation [Abstract]

Share Based Compensation

NOTE 9 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

Monro currently grants stock option awards under the 2007 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”).  The 2007 Plan was authorized by the Board of Directors in June 2007, initially reserving 873,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) of Common Stock for issuance to eligible employees and all non-employee directors.  The 2007 Plan was approved by shareholders in August 2007.  Prior to fiscal 2008, Monro had options outstanding under three other stock option plans: the 1994 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the “1994 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 1995); the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 1999); and the 2003 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 2003), collectively the “Prior Plans”.  Upon shareholder approval of the 2007 Plan, all shares of Common Stock available for award under the 1998 and 2003 Plans were transferred to, and made available for award under the 2007 Plan.  The 1994 Plan had no options available for grant upon adoption of the 2007 Plan.  No further option grants may be made under the Prior Plans, although outstanding awards under the Prior Plans will remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of those plans and the stock option agreements entered into under those plans.

The 1994 Plan had a total of 675,345 common shares authorized for issuance; the 1998 Plan had a total of 4,016,250 shares authorized for issuance; and the 2003 Plan had a total of 315,000 shares authorized for issuance (all as retroactively adjusted for stock splits).  Upon authorization of the 2007 Plan by shareholders, 628,620 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) were transferred from the 1998 and 2003 Plans into the 2007 Plan, bringing the total authorized shares to 1,501,620 (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits).  In addition, in May 2013 and 2010, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors authorized an additional 2,000,000 and 1,500,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), respectively, of common stock for grant under the 2007 Plan, which were approved by shareholders in August 2013 and August 2010, respectively.  At March 25, 2017, there were a total of 5,001,620 shares authorized for grant under the 2007 Plan (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), including the shares transferred from the 1998 and 2003 Plans.

Generally, employee options vest over afour year period, and have a duration of six to ten years.  Outstanding options are exercisable for various periods through March 2023.

A summary of changes in outstanding stock options is as follows:

	Weighted
	Average
	Exercise		Options
	Price		Outstanding
At March 29, 2014	$	31.58	1,773,401
Granted	$	52.73	211,225
Exercised	$	31.98	(439,635)
Canceled	$	43.04	(26,661)
At March 28, 2015	$	34.21	1,518,330
Granted	$	62.28	243,410
Exercised	$	29.59	(549,141)
Canceled	$	50.69	(23,808)
At March 26, 2016	$	41.75	1,188,791
Granted	$	62.01	232,560
Exercised	$	31.61	(485,660)
Canceled	$	61.20	(39,347)
At March 25, 2017	$	51.67	896,344

The total shares exercisable at March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016and March 28, 2015  were563,109,  789,422 and 1,098,601, respectively.  The weighted average exercise price of all shares exercisable at March 25, 2017 was $46.61.  There were 1,549,716 shares available for grant at March 25, 2017.

The weighted average contractual term of all options outstanding at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was 3.1 years and 3.0 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options (the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) outstanding at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $4.9 million and $33.2 million, respectively.

The weighted average contractual term of all options exercisable at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was 2.4 years and 2.5 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options exercisable at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $4.8 million and $26.0 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted is as follows:

		Weighted
		Average
		Grant-Date
		Fair Value
	Options	(per Option)
Non-vested at March 29, 2014	612,829	$	8.88
Granted	211,225	$	11.27
Vested	(382,197)	$	9.22
Canceled	(22,128)	$	10.37
Non-vested at March 28, 2015	419,729	$	9.70
Granted	243,410	$	13.10
Vested	(242,841)	$	10.38
Canceled	(20,929)	$	10.18
Non-vested at March 26, 2016	399,369	$	11.26
Granted	232,560	$	12.17
Vested	(266,112)	$	10.48
Canceled	(32,582)	$	12.79
Non-vested at March 25, 2017	333,235	$	12.37

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 25, 2017:

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted	Weighted			Weighted
		Average	Average		Shares	Average
Range of	Shares	Remaining	Exercise		Under	Exercise
Exercise Prices	Under Option	Life	Price		Option	Price
$11.76 - $44.49	269,881	1.36	$	34.36	255,924	$	33.83
$44.50 - $57.25	241,393	3.28	$	53.45	122,843	$	52.05
$57.26 - $62.53	219,635	4.23	$	60.13	108,217	$	59.03
$62.54 - $75.76	165,435	4.24	$	66.10	76,125	$	63.18

During the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, the fair value of awards vested under Monro’s stock plans was $2.8 million, $2.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value is based on Monro’s closing stock price of $52.15,  $69.68 and $64.96 as of the last trading day of the periods ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015 was $13.3 million, $22.3 million and $10.3 million, respectively.  As of March 25, 2017, there was $3.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested fixed stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years.

Cash received from option exercises under all stock option plans was $3.5 million, $8.6 million and $8.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.  The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises was $3.5 million, $6.7 million and $2.2 million for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.

Monro issues new shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options.

XML

Earnings Per Common Share

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Common Share

NOTE 10 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the respective years:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net Income	$	61,526	$	66,805	$	61,799
Less:   Preferred stock dividends		(447)		(456)		(395)
Income available to common stockholders	$	61,079	$	66,349	$	61,404
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,413		32,026		31,605
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		675		760		760
Stock options		213		567		579
Weighted average common shares, diluted		33,301		33,353		32,944
Basic earnings per common share:	$	1.88	$	2.07	$	1.94
Diluted earnings per common share:	$	1.85	$	2.00	$	1.88

The computation of diluted earnings per common share for fiscal 2017, 2016and 2015  excludes the effect of assumed exercise of approximately 304,000,  171,000 and 145,000 of stock options, respectively, as the exercise price of these options was greater than the average market value of Monro’s Common Stock for those periods, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share.

XML

Operating Leases and Other Commitments

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Operating Leases and Other Commitments [Abstract]

Operating Leases and Other Commitments

NOTE 11 – OPERATING LEASES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

We lease various facilities under noncancellable lease agreements which expire at various dates through fiscal 2041.  In addition to stated minimum payments, certain real estate leases have provisions for contingent rentals when retail sales exceed specified levels.  Generally, the leases provide for renewal for various periods at stipulated rates.  Most of the facilities’ leases require payment of property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs in addition to rental payments, and several provide an option to purchase the property at the end of the lease term.

In recent years, we have entered into agreements for the sale/leaseback of certain stores.  Realized gains are deferred and are credited to income as rent expense adjustments over the lease terms.  We have lease renewal options under the real estate agreements at projected future fair market values.

Future minimum payments required under noncancellable leases (including closed stores) are as follows:

			Less -
			Sublease
Year Ending Fiscal March	Leases		Income		Net
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	35,668	$	(91)	$	35,577
2019		29,188		(68)		29,120
2020		23,081		(73)		23,008
2021		18,362		(74)		18,288
2022		13,280		(78)		13,202
Thereafter		35,281		(306)		34,975
Total	$	154,860	$	(690)	$	154,170

Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income, totaled $38,628,000,  $36,717,000 and $35,848,000 in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, including contingent rentals of $46,000,  $59,000 and $44,000 in each respective fiscal year.  Sublease income totaled $130,000,  $149,000 and $161,000, respectively, in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

We enter into contracts with parts and tire suppliers, certain of which require us to buy (at market competitive prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  The agreements expire at various dates.  We believe these agreements provide us with high quality, branded merchandise at preferred pricing, along with strong marketing and training support.

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans

NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

We sponsor a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for Monro employees and the former Kimmel Automotive, Inc. employees.  In fiscal 2005, the previously separate Monro and Kimmel pension plans were merged.  The merged plan provides benefits to certain full-time employees who were employed with Monro and with Kimmel prior to April 2, 1998 and May 15, 2001, respectively. 

Effective as of those dates, each company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments whereby the benefits of each of the defined benefit plans would be frozen and the plans would be closed to new participants.  Prior to these amendments, coverage under the plans began after employees completed one year of service and attained age 21.  Benefits under both plans, and now the merged plan, are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement.  The funding policy for Monro’s merged plan is consistent with the funding requirements of Federal law and regulations.  The measurement date used to determine the pension plan measurements disclosed herein is March 31 for both 2017 and 2016.

The funded/(underfunded) status of Monro’s defined benefit plan is recognized as an other non-current asset/other long-term liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.

The funded/(underfunded) status of the plan is set forth below:

	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	19,465	$	20,241
Actual return on plan assets		2,309		(95)
Benefits paid		(1,072)		(681)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		20,702		19,465
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		21,373		22,160
Interest cost		806		803
Actuarial gain		(702)		(909)
Benefits paid		(1,072)		(681)
Benefit obligation at end of year		20,405		21,373
Funded/(underfunded) status of plan	$	297	$	(1,908)

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations were equivalent at March 31 for both 2017 and 2016.

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Unamortized transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Unamortized prior service cost		0		0
Unamortized net loss		5,117		7,320
Total	$	5,117	$	7,320

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Prior service cost		0		0
Net actuarial income		2,203		73
Total	$	2,203	$	73

Pension (income) expenseincluded the following components:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$	806	$	803	$	832
Expected return on plan assets		(1,332)		(1,389)		(1,388)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		524		648		300
Net pension (income) expense	$	(2)	$	62	$	(256)

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
Discount rate	3.98	%	3.83	%

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Discount rate	3.83	%	3.69	%	4.42	%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based upon assumptions related to historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

The investment strategy of the plan is to conservatively manage the assets in order to meet the plan’s long-term obligations while maintaining sufficient liquidity to pay current benefits.  This is achieved by holding equity investments while investing a portion of assets in long duration bonds to match the long-term nature of the liabilities.  Monro’s general target allocation for the plan is 40% fixed income and 60% equity securities.

Monro’s asset allocations, by asset category, are as follows at the end of each year:

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
Cash and cash equivalents	1.7	%	3.4	%
Fixed income	39.7	%	36.8	%
Equity securities	58.6	%	59.8	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The following table provides fair value measurement information for Monro’s major categories of defined benefit plan assets at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively:

	Fair Value Measurements at March 25, 2017 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		Total	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,296	$	7,984	$	312
International companies		3,839		3,839
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,902				7,902
International bonds		317				317
Cash equivalents		348				348
Total	$	20,702	$	11,823	$	8,879

	Fair Value Measurements at March 26, 2016 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	7,800	$	7,623	$	177
International companies		3,850		3,850
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		6,788				6,788
U.S. Treasury bill		374		374
Cash equivalents		653				653
Total	$	19,465	$	11,847	$	7,618

There are no required or expected contributions in fiscal 2018 to the plan.

The following pension benefit payments are expected to be paid:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	895
2019		929
2020		968
2021		1,026
2022		1,084
2023 - 2027		5,843

We have a 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan that covers full-time employees who meet the age and service requirements of the plan.  The 401(k) salary deferral option was added to the plan during fiscal 2000.  The first employee deferral occurred in March 2000.  We make matching contributions consistent with the provisions of the plan.  Charges to expense for our matching contributions for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 amounted to approximately $828,000,  $731,000 and $655,000, respectively.  We may also make annual profit sharing contributions to the plan at the discretion of Monro’s Compensation Committee.

We have a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) to provide an opportunity for additional tax-deferred savings to a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Deferred Compensation Plan permits participants to defer all or any portion of the compensation that would otherwise be payable to them for the calendar year.  In addition, Monro will credit to the participants’ accounts such amounts as would have been contributed to Monro’s 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan but for the limitations that are imposed under the Internal Revenue Code based upon the participants’ status as highly compensated employees.  We may also make such additional discretionary allocations as are determined by the Compensation Committee.  The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded arrangement and the participants or their beneficiaries have an unsecured claim against the general assets of Monro to the extent of their Deferred Compensation Plan benefits.  We maintain accounts to reflect the amounts owed to each participant.  At least annually, the accounts are credited with earnings or losses calculated on the basis of an interest rate or other formula as determined by Monro’s Compensation Committee.  The total liability recorded in our financial statements at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 related to the Deferred Compensation Plan was $2,106,000 and $1,921,000, respectively.

Monro's management bonus plan provides for the payment of annual cash bonus awards to participating employees, as selected by our Board of Directors, based primarily on Monro's attaining pre-tax income targets established by our Board of Directors.  During the years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 andMarch 28, 2015, we recorded charges to expense of $463,000,$2,124,000 and $1,092,000, respectively.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

NOTE 13 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We are currently a party to leases for certain facilities where the lessor is a former officer of Monro or a family member of such former officer, or such former officer or family member has an interest in entities that are lessors. Six leases were assumed in March 2004 in connection with the Mr. Tire Acquisition, as well as one additional lease entered into during the year ended March 26, 2016. In March 2015, Monro purchased the property and building of one of these leased locations from this same former officer of Monro and a family member of such former officer for approximately $1.0 million. The payments under such operating and capital leases amounted to $754,000,  $711,000 and $717,000 for the fiscal years ended March 2017,  2016 and 2015, respectively. These payments are comparable to rents paid to unrelated parties. No amounts were payable at March 25, 2017 or March 26, 2016. No related party leases exist, other than these six leases, and no new leases are contemplated.

For many years, we had a consulting agreement with an investment banking firm associated with a principal shareholder/director of Monro to provide financial advice. In recent years, the agreement provided for an annual fee of $300,000, plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses. Under this agreement,we incurred fees of$225,000 and$300,000during the years ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively. No amountwas payable at March 26, 2016. Approximately half of all payments made to the investment banking firm under the consulting agreement were paid to another principal shareholder/director of Monro. In addition, this investment banking firm, from time to time, has provided other investment banking services to us for additional fees. During fiscal year 2016, with approval by the independent members of the Board of Directors (excluding the Director associated with this firm), we paid additional fees of $1,000,000 to this firm in connection with financial and strategic advisory services that were provided related to three unsuccessful acquisitions. In connection with making this payment, we negotiated that the aforementioned consulting agreement would end.

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

NOTE 14 – SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The following transactions represent non-cash investing and financing activities during the periods indicated:

Year ended March 25, 2017

In connection with the fiscal 2017 acquisitions and fiscal 2016 acquisition measurement period adjustments (see Note 2), liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	93,316,000
Goodwill		101,604,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(142,567,000)
Amounts payable to seller		740,000
Liabilities assumed	$	53,093,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $14,243,000.

Year ended March 26, 2016

In connection with the fiscal 2016 acquisitions and fiscal 2015 acquisition measurement period adjustments (see Note 2), liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	35,335,000
Goodwill		50,573,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(49,018,000)
Amounts payable to seller		(1,626,000)
Liabilities assumed	$	35,264,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $13,265,000.

Year ended March 28, 2015

In connection with the fiscal 2015 acquisitions, liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	62,184,000
Goodwill		79,316,000
Gain on bargain purchase		(386,000)
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(84,403,000)
Amounts payable to seller		(3,507,000)
Liabilities assumed	$	53,204,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $11,599,000.

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash paid during the year:
Interest, net	$	20,970	$	15,687	$	11,119
Income taxes, net	$	24,778	$	25,322	$	26,141

XML

Litigation

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Litigation [Abstract]

Litigation

NOTE 15– LITIGATION

We are currently a party to various claims and legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business.  If management believes that a loss arising from any of these matters is probable and can reasonably be estimated, we will record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range, and no point within the range is more probable than another. As additional information becomes available, any potential liability related to these matters is assessed and the estimates are revised, if necessary.  Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur and may include monetary damages.  If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the financial position and results of operations of the period in which any such ruling occurs, or in future periods.  However, based on currently available information, management believes that the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In May 2017, Monro’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.18 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 2, 2017.  The dividend will be paid on June 12, 2017.

See Note 2 for a discussion of acquisitions subsequent to March 25, 2017.

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Background

Background

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC (together, “Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), are engaged principally in providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  Monro had 1,118 Company-operated stores, 114 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and 14 dealer-operated automotive repair centers located in 27 states as of March 25, 2017.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.   The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

Accounting estimates

Accounting estimates

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with such principles requires the use of estimates by management during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fiscal year

Fiscal year

Monro reports its results on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March of each year.  The following are the dates represented by each fiscal period:

“Year ended Fiscal March 2017”: March 27, 2016 – March 25, 2017 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2016”: March 29, 2015 – March 26, 2016 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2015”: March 30, 2014 – March 28, 2015 (52 weeks)

Consolidation

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC, after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.

Revenue recognition

Revenue recognition

Sales are recorded upon completion of automotive undercar repair, tire delivery and tire services provided to customers.  The following was Monro’s sales mix for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Brakes	13	%	15	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		3		3
Steering	9		10		10
Tires	49		45		44
Maintenance	27		27		28
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Revenue from the sale of tire road hazard warranty agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or other method when costs are not incurred ratably.

Under various arrangements, we receive from certain tire vendors a delivery commission and reimbursement for the cost of the tire that we may deliver to customers on behalf of the tire vendor.  The commission we earn from these transactions is as an agent and the net amount retained is recorded as sales.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories

Our inventories consist of automotive parts and tires.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Barter credits

Barter credits

We value barter credits at the fair market value of the inventory exchanged, as determined by reference to price lists for buying groups and jobber pricing.  We use these credits primarily to pay vendors for purchases (mainly inventory vendors for the purchase of parts, oil and tires) or to purchase other goods or services from the barter company such as advertising.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis.  Buildings and improvements related to owned locations are depreciated over lives varying from 10 to 39 years; machinery, fixtures and equipment over lives varying from 3 to 15 years; and vehicles over lives varying from 4 to 10 years.  Computer hardware and software is depreciated over lives varying from 3 to 7 years.  Buildings and improvements related to leased locations are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  When property is sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  (See Note 4.)

Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets

We evaluate the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.  In addition, we report assets to be disposed of at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair market value less costs to sell.

Store opening and closing costs

Store opening and closing costs

New store opening costs are charged to expense in the fiscal year when incurred.  When we close a store, the estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation net of sublease income, if any, are charged to expense.

Leases

Leases

Financing Obligations –

We are involved in the construction of leased stores.  In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost overruns or non-standard tenant improvements.  As a result of this involvement, we are deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, requiring us to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For some of these leases, we are considered to have “continuing involvement”, which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete (“failed sale-leaseback”).  In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord.  We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Since we often assume leases in acquisition transactions, the accounting for a seller who was involved in the construction of leased stores passes to us.

Additionally, we may incur other financing obligations in connection with the accounting for acquisitions.

Capital Leases –

Some of our property is held under capital leases.  These assets are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the term of the lease.  We do not report rent expense for capital leases.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

Operating Leases –

All other leases are considered operating leases.  Rent expense, including rent escalations, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  Generally, the lease term is the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews in accordance with accounting guidance on goodwill, which we typically perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. The goodwill impairment test consists of a two-step process, if necessary. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform the two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying amounts.  No such indicators were present in fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, in accordance with accounting guidance, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than its previously forecasted amounts.

As a result of our annual qualitative assessment performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2017, there were no impairments.  There have been no triggering events during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.

Self-insurance reserves

Self-insurance reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

Warranty

Warranty

We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs for parts that we install based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales.  Warranty expense related to all product warranties at and for the years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015 was not material to our financial position or results of operations.  See additional discussion of tire road hazard warranty agreements under the “Revenue recognition” section of this footnote.

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

As it relates to Monro, comprehensive income is defined as net earnings as adjusted for pension liability adjustments and is reported net of related taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

Income taxes

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using tax rates based on currently enacted rules and legislation and anticipated rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting guidance for uncertainties in income tax prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  Monro recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits and a consideration of the relevant taxing authority's administrative practices and precedents.  (See Note 7.)

Treasury stock

Treasury stock

Treasury stock is accounted for using the par value method.  During the year ended March 26, 2016, Monro’s Chief Executive Officer surrendered 32,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and the related taxes on the exercise of 89,000 stock options.  Additionally, Monro’s Executive Chairman surrendered 100,000 shares of Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and to satisfy tax withholding obligations on the exercise of 150,000 stock options.  During the year ended March 28, 2015, Monro’s Chief Executive Officer surrendered 77,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price on the exercise of 113,000 stock options.  There was no activity for the Chief Executive Officer or Executive Chairman during the year ended March 25, 2017.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation

We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  Forfeitures are estimated on the grant date and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We recognize compensation expense related to stock options using the straight-line approach.  Option awards generally vest equally over the service period established in the award, typically four years.  We estimate fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model.  Assumptions used to estimate the compensation expense are determined as follows:

· Expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees;

· Expected volatility is measured using historical changes in the market price of Monro’s Common Stock;

· Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards;

· Forfeitures are based substantially on the history of cancellations of similar awards granted by Monro in prior years; and

· Dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $12.17,  $13.10 and $11.27, respectively.  The fair values of the options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Risk-free interest rate	1.20	%	1.25	%	1.23	%
Expected life, in years	4		4		4
Expected volatility	25.9	%	27.2	%	27.7	%
Expected dividend yield	1.10	%	0.96	%	0.99	%

Total stock-based compensation expense included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in Monro’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015 was $2.5 million, $2.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively.  The related income tax benefit was $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively. 

Earnings per share

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income less preferred stock dividends by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock and equivalents outstanding during the year.  Common Stock equivalents represent shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options.  (See Note 10.)

Advertising

Advertising

We expense the production costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place, except for direct response advertising which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits.

Direct response advertising consists primarily of coupons for Monro’s services.  The capitalized costs of this advertising are amortized over the period of the coupon’s validity, which is typically two months.

Prepaid advertising at March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, and advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 2017, 2016 and 2015, were not material to these financial statements.

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

We account for vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits as a reduction of the cost of products purchased, except where the rebate or credit is a reimbursement of costs incurred to sell the vendor’s product, in which case it is offset against the costs incurred. 

Guarantees

Guarantees

At the time we issue a guarantee, we recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.  Monro has guaranteed certain lease payments, primarily related to franchisees, amounting to $7.5 million.  This amount represents the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantees as of March 25, 2017.  The leases are guaranteed through April 2020.  In the event of default by the franchise owner, Monro generally retains the right to assume the lease of the related store, enabling Monro to re-franchise the location or to operate that location as a Company-operated store.  As of March 25, 2017, we have recorded a liability of $.6 million related to anticipated defaults under the foregoing leases.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  This guidance provides guidelines a company will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized. Additional guidance has subsequently been issued to amend or clarify the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016.  While the evaluation of the impact of the new revenue recognition guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements has not yet been fully determined, we anticipate the provisions to primarily impact the deferral of revenue generated by the sale of an extended warranty.  Generally, in relation to these provisions, the new guidance will require the transaction price of an arrangement including an extended warranty to be allocated based on the relative standalone selling prices of the extended warranty and the original service/product rather than the contract price of the extended warranty.  Therefore, the allocation may impact the amount of revenue deferred.  We are required to adopt this guidance utilizing one of two methods: retrospective restatement for each reporting period presented at time of adoption, or a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial application.  We intend to elect an adoption methodology after we have fully evaluated the impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, however, we do not expect this change to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  We are currently preparing to implement changes to our accounting policies, systems and controls to support the new revenue recognition and disclosure requirements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for the disclosure of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This guidance establishes specific guidelines to an entity’s management on their responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. We have adopted this guidance during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 and we have evaluated the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as the need for related footnote disclosure.   We have concluded no disclosure is necessary regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to leases.  This guidance establishes a right of use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months.  Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.   The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.  Early adoption is permitted.  Approximately 50% of our store leases and all of our land leases are currently not recorded on our balance sheet.  Recording ROU assets and liabilities for these leases is expected to have a material impact on our balance sheet.  We are currently evaluating the impact that recording ROU assets and liabilities will have on our statements of comprehensive income and the financial statement impact that the standard will have on leases which are currently recorded on our balance sheet.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for share-based payments and their presentation in the financial statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to cash flow classification.  This guidance clarifies and provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues that are not addressed by current GAAP and thereby reduce the current diversity in practice.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies the definition of a business, particularly when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses.  This guidance provides a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business.  This screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the assets is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business.   If the screen is not met, the guidance provides a framework to evaluate whether both an input and a substantive process are present to be considered a business.   This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.   Early adoption is permitted for certain transactions. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance simplifying the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which required the determination of an implied fair value of goodwill.   Under this guidance, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.  This guidance is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.   This guidance is not expected to have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost.   This guidance requires employers to present the service cost component of the net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are to be presented separately from the service cost component and outside of any subtotal of income from operations. Employers will have to disclose the line(s) used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if the components are not presented separately in the income statement. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and should be applied retrospectively.  Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  This guidance is not expected to have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other recent authoritative guidance issued by the FASB (including technical corrections to the Accounting Standards Codification) and the Securities and Exchange Commission did not, or are not expected to have a material effect on Monro’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Company's sales mix

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Brakes	13	%	15	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		3		3
Steering	9		10		10
Tires	49		45		44
Maintenance	27		27		28
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Weighted average fair value of options assumptions

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Risk-free interest rate	1.20	%	1.25	%	1.23	%
Expected life, in years	4		4		4
Expected volatility	25.9	%	27.2	%	27.7	%
Expected dividend yield	1.10	%	0.96	%	0.99	%

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule Of Purchase Price Allocation

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash and equivalents	$	15
Trade receivables		6,977
Inventories		18,432
Other current assets		416
Property, plant and equipment		31,993
Intangible assets		21,394
Other non-current assets		208
Long-term deferred income tax assets		9,334
Total assets acquired		88,769
Warranty reserves		491
Other current liabilities		3,970
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		41,011
Other long-term liabilities		1,141
Total liabilities assumed		46,613
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	42,156
Total consideration transferred	$	141,807
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		42,156
Goodwill	$	99,651

Schedule Of Intangible Assets Acquired

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Customer lists	$	11,999	13 years
Favorable leases		6,440	14 years
Trade names		2,955	17 years
Total	$	21,394	14 years

Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule Of Purchase Price Allocation

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Trade receivables	$	377
Inventories		916
Other current assets		502
Property, plant and equipment		13,785
Intangible assets		11,678
Other non-current assets		25
Long-term deferred income tax assets		6,902
Total assets acquired		34,185
Warranty reserves		184
Other current liabilities		2,202
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		27,975
Other long-term liabilities		885
Total liabilities assumed		31,246
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	2,939
Total consideration transferred	$	51,139
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		2,939
Goodwill	$	48,200

Schedule Of Intangible Assets Acquired

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Franchise agreements	$	7,100	13 years
Trade name		2,000	15 years
Favorable leases		1,889	13 years
Customer lists		689	7 years
Total	$	11,678	13 years

XML

Other Current Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Other Current Assets [Abstract]

Composition of other current assets

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Vendor rebates receivable	$	14,327	$	11,984
Other		18,312		16,690
	$	32,639	$	28,674

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Major Classifications Of Property, Plant And Equipment

	March 25, 2017						March 26, 2016
			Assets Under						Assets Under
			Capital Lease/						Capital Lease/
	Assets		Financing				Assets		Financing
	Owned		Obligations		Total		Owned		Obligations		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	83,675			$	83,675	$	80,195			$	80,195
Buildings and improvements		223,566	$	147,786		371,352		212,421	$	112,969		325,390
Equipment, signage and fixtures		225,977				225,977		208,204				208,204
Vehicles		28,831				28,831		23,608				23,608
Construction-in-progress		3,164				3,164		2,539				2,539
		565,213		147,786		712,999		526,967		112,969		639,936
Less - Accumulated      depreciation and amortization		282,196		36,169		318,365		258,516		29,838		288,354
	$	283,017	$	111,617	$	394,634	$	268,451	$	83,131	$	351,582

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Goodwill and Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Changes in goodwill

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 28, 2015	$	349,088
Fiscal 2016 acquisitions		46,247
Adjustments to fiscal 2015 purchase accounting		4,326
Other adjustments		471
Balance at March 26, 2016		400,132
Fiscal 2017 acquisitions		99,651
Adjustments to fiscal 2016 purchase accounting		1,953
Balance at March 25, 2017	$	501,736

Composition of other intangible assets

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017				2016
	Gross				Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Accumulated
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amortization
	(Dollars in thousands)
Customer lists	$	34,489	$	16,372	$	22,490	$	13,283
Favorable leases		25,378		7,764		18,418		5,996
Trade names		20,852		8,358		18,002		6,960
Franchise agreements		7,220		1,167		7,320		487
Other intangible assets		540		530		540		524
Total intangible assets	$	88,479	$	34,191	$	66,770	$	27,250

Estimated future amortization of intangible assets

	Customer lists/
	Trade names/
	Franchise agreements/		Favorable
Year Ending Fiscal March	Other		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	5,397	$	1,887
2019		4,804		1,823
2020		3,845		1,774
2021		3,183		1,707
2022		2,891		1,590

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations [Abstract]

Long-term debt

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based (a)	$	182,297	$	103,315
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		60		—
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(20)		—
Long-term debt	$	182,337	$	103,315
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045	$	228,444	$	176,974
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(15,278)		(11,244)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	$	213,166	$	165,730

_________________

(a) The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 25, 2017 was .98%.

Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years

	Capital Leases/
	Financing Obligations
	Aggregate		Imputed		All Other
Year Ending Fiscal March	Amount		Interest		Debt		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	30,960	$	(15,682)	$	20	$	15,298
2019		31,487		(14,961)		20		16,546
2020		31,503		(13,908)		20		17,615
2021		32,173		(12,683)		182,297		201,787
2022		31,513		(11,293)				20,220

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Components of the provision for income taxes

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current -
Federal	$	22,040	$	29,202	$	28,262
State		2,422		2,825		2,956
		24,462		32,027		31,218
Deferred -
Federal		10,120		6,216		6,194
State		1,136		373		144
		11,256		6,589		6,338
Total	$	35,718	$	38,616	$	37,556

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Goodwill	$	(39,715)	$	(31,075)
Other		(968)		(266)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(40,683)		(31,341)
Property and equipment		36,980		28,085
Insurance reserves		11,075		11,626
Warranty and other reserves		4,810		4,671
Stock options		2,509		3,040
Other		9,354		9,274
Total deferred tax assets		64,728		56,696
Net deferred tax assets	$	24,045	$	25,355

Reconciliation between Federal statutory tax rate and effective tax rate reflected in accompanying financial statements

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017			2016			2015
	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Federal income tax based on      statutory tax rate applied      to income before taxes	$	34,035	35.0	$	36,897	35.0	$	34,774	35.0
State income tax, net of      federal income tax benefit		2,700	2.8		2,306	2.2		2,170	2.2
Other		(1,017)	(1.1)		(587)	(0.6)		612	0.6
	$	35,718	36.7	$	38,616	36.6	$	37,556	37.8

Income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 29, 2014	$	5,900
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		2,066
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		164
Reductions		33
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(668)
Balance at March 28, 2015		7,495
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		1,116
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions
Reductions		(922)
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(760)
Balance at March 26, 2016		6,929
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		981
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		66
Reductions		(352)
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(732)
Balance at March 25, 2017	$	6,892

XML

Stock Ownership (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Stock Ownership [Abstract]

Summary of the changes in the number of shares of common stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock

		Class C
	Common	Convertible
	Stock	Preferred	Treasury
	Shares	Stock Shares	Stock
	Issued	Issued	Shares
Balance at March 29, 2014	37,567,902	32,500	6,076,951
Stock options exercised	439,635		103,538
Balance at March 28, 2015	38,007,537	32,500	6,180,489
Stock options exercised	549,141		136,163
Balance at March 26, 2016	38,556,678	32,500	6,316,652
Conversion of preferred shares	250,212	(10,698)
Stock options exercised	205,299		5,765
Balance at March 25, 2017	39,012,189	21,802	6,322,417

XML

Share Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Share Based Compensation [Abstract]

Summary of changes in outstanding stock options

	Weighted
	Average
	Exercise		Options
	Price		Outstanding
At March 29, 2014	$	31.58	1,773,401
Granted	$	52.73	211,225
Exercised	$	31.98	(439,635)
Canceled	$	43.04	(26,661)
At March 28, 2015	$	34.21	1,518,330
Granted	$	62.28	243,410
Exercised	$	29.59	(549,141)
Canceled	$	50.69	(23,808)
At March 26, 2016	$	41.75	1,188,791
Granted	$	62.01	232,560
Exercised	$	31.61	(485,660)
Canceled	$	61.20	(39,347)
At March 25, 2017	$	51.67	896,344

A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted

		Weighted
		Average
		Grant-Date
		Fair Value
	Options	(per Option)
Non-vested at March 29, 2014	612,829	$	8.88
Granted	211,225	$	11.27
Vested	(382,197)	$	9.22
Canceled	(22,128)	$	10.37
Non-vested at March 28, 2015	419,729	$	9.70
Granted	243,410	$	13.10
Vested	(242,841)	$	10.38
Canceled	(20,929)	$	10.18
Non-vested at March 26, 2016	399,369	$	11.26
Granted	232,560	$	12.17
Vested	(266,112)	$	10.48
Canceled	(32,582)	$	12.79
Non-vested at March 25, 2017	333,235	$	12.37

Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted	Weighted			Weighted
		Average	Average		Shares	Average
Range of	Shares	Remaining	Exercise		Under	Exercise
Exercise Prices	Under Option	Life	Price		Option	Price
$11.76 - $44.49	269,881	1.36	$	34.36	255,924	$	33.83
$44.50 - $57.25	241,393	3.28	$	53.45	122,843	$	52.05
$57.26 - $62.53	219,635	4.23	$	60.13	108,217	$	59.03
$62.54 - $75.76	165,435	4.24	$	66.10	76,125	$	63.18

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]

Reconciliation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net Income	$	61,526	$	66,805	$	61,799
Less:   Preferred stock dividends		(447)		(456)		(395)
Income available to common stockholders	$	61,079	$	66,349	$	61,404
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,413		32,026		31,605
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		675		760		760
Stock options		213		567		579
Weighted average common shares, diluted		33,301		33,353		32,944
Basic earnings per common share:	$	1.88	$	2.07	$	1.94
Diluted earnings per common share:	$	1.85	$	2.00	$	1.88

XML

Operating Leases and Other Commitments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Operating Leases and Other Commitments [Abstract]

Future minimum payments required under non-cancellable leases

			Less -
			Sublease
Year Ending Fiscal March	Leases		Income		Net
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	35,668	$	(91)	$	35,577
2019		29,188		(68)		29,120
2020		23,081		(73)		23,008
2021		18,362		(74)		18,288
2022		13,280		(78)		13,202
Thereafter		35,281		(306)		34,975
Total	$	154,860	$	(690)	$	154,170

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]

Funded status of plan

	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	19,465	$	20,241
Actual return on plan assets		2,309		(95)
Benefits paid		(1,072)		(681)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		20,702		19,465
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		21,373		22,160
Interest cost		806		803
Actuarial gain		(702)		(909)
Benefits paid		(1,072)		(681)
Benefit obligation at end of year		20,405		21,373
Funded/(underfunded) status of plan	$	297	$	(1,908)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Unamortized transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Unamortized prior service cost		0		0
Unamortized net loss		5,117		7,320
Total	$	5,117	$	7,320

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Prior service cost		0		0
Net actuarial income		2,203		73
Total	$	2,203	$	73

Components of pension (income) expense

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$	806	$	803	$	832
Expected return on plan assets		(1,332)		(1,389)		(1,388)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		524		648		300
Net pension (income) expense	$	(2)	$	62	$	(256)

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2017		2016
Discount rate	3.98	%	3.83	%

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
Discount rate	3.83	%	3.69	%	4.42	%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

Company's asset allocations by asset category

	March 25,		March 26,
	2017		2016
Cash and cash equivalents	1.7	%	3.4	%
Fixed income	39.7	%	36.8	%
Equity securities	58.6	%	59.8	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

Fair value measurement information for the Company's major categories of defined benefit plan assets

	Fair Value Measurements at March 25, 2017 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		Total	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,296	$	7,984	$	312
International companies		3,839		3,839
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,902				7,902
International bonds		317				317
Cash equivalents		348				348
Total	$	20,702	$	11,823	$	8,879

	Fair Value Measurements at March 26, 2016 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	7,800	$	7,623	$	177
International companies		3,850		3,850
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		6,788				6,788
U.S. Treasury bill		374		374
Cash equivalents		653				653
Total	$	19,465	$	11,847	$	7,618

Pension benefit payments

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	(Dollars in thousands)
2018	$	895
2019		929
2020		968
2021		1,026
2022		1,084
2023 - 2027		5,843

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 25, 2017

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Liabilities on acquisitions assumed

Year ended March 25, 2017

In connection with the fiscal 2017 acquisitions and fiscal 2016 acquisition measurement period adjustments (see Note 2), liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	93,316,000
Goodwill		101,604,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(142,567,000)
Amounts payable to seller		740,000
Liabilities assumed	$	53,093,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $14,243,000.

Year ended March 26, 2016

In connection with the fiscal 2016 acquisitions and fiscal 2015 acquisition measurement period adjustments (see Note 2), liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	35,335,000
Goodwill		50,573,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(49,018,000)
Amounts payable to seller		(1,626,000)
Liabilities assumed	$	35,264,000

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $13,265,000.

Year ended March 28, 2015

In connection with the fiscal 2015 acquisitions, liabilities were assumed as follows:

Fair value of assets acquired	$	62,184,000
Goodwill		79,316,000
Gain on bargain purchase		(386,000)
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(84,403,000)
Amounts payable to seller		(3,507,000)
Liabilities assumed	$	53,204,000

Interest and income taxes paid

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2017		2016		2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash paid during the year:
Interest, net	$	20,970	$	15,687	$	11,119
Income taxes, net	$	24,778	$	25,322	$	26,141

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($) state segment property store item $ / shares	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Company operated stores | store	1,118
Franchised locations | store	114
Number of wholesale locations | property	5
Number of retread facilities | property	2
Dealer-operated automotive repair centers | store	14
Number of States in which Entity Operates | state	27
Number of operating segments | segment	1
Number of reporting units | item	1
Weighted average fair value of options granted | $ / shares	$ 12.17	$ 13.10	$ 11.27
Stock based compensation expense | $	$ 2.5	$ 2.8	$ 3.3
Income tax benefit related to stock based compensation | $	$ 1.0	$ 1.0	$ 1.2
Advertising expenses amortization period	2 months
Store leases not recorded on balance sheet, percent	50.00%
Property Lease Guarantee [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Maximum potential guarantee payments | $	$ 7.5
Liability for anticipated lease defaults | $	$ 0.6
Employee Stock Option [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Options award vesting period	4 years
Chief Executive Officer [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of shares surrendered in settlement of stock options exercised | shares		32,000	77,000
Number of stock options exercised in settlement of surrendered shares | shares		89,000	113,000
Board of Directors Chairman [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of shares surrendered in settlement of stock options exercised | shares		100,000
Number of stock options exercised in settlement of surrendered shares | shares		150,000
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	39 years
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	10 years
Machinery, Fixtures And Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	15 years
Machinery, Fixtures And Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	3 years
Vehicles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	10 years
Vehicles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	4 years
Computer Hardware And Software [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	7 years
Computer Hardware And Software [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	3 years

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Leases, Goodwill And Intangible Assets Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended
	Dec. 24, 2016 USD ($)
Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Impairment of intangible assets	$ 0

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Company's sales mix) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Brakes [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	13.00%	15.00%	15.00%
Exhaust [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	2.00%	3.00%	3.00%
Steering [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	9.00%	10.00%	10.00%
Tires [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	49.00%	45.00%	44.00%
Maintenance [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	27.00%	27.00%	28.00%

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Weighted average fair value of options assumptions) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Weighted average fair value of options granted
Risk-free interest rate	1.20%	1.25%	1.23%
Expected life, in years	4 years	4 years	4 years
Expected volatility	25.90%	27.20%	27.70%
Expected dividend yield	1.10%	0.96%	0.99%

XML

Acquisitions (Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands		3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 23, 2017 store	Jun. 24, 2017 agreement store	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($) store property	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) store item
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Costs related to completed acquisitions | $			$ 1,000	$ 700
Sales for acquired entities | $			104,900	24,800
Net income (loss) for acquired entities | $			(1,000)	1,400
Total consideration transferred, portion in cash | $			141,700	45,100
Total consideration transferred, portion payable | $			100	6,000
Adjustments to goodwill related to purchase accounting | $			$ 1,953	$ 4,326
Subsequent Event [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of stores acquired	1
Maximum [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Store acquisitions related to greenfield store growth strategy			4
Minimum [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Store acquisitions related to acquisition growth strategy			5
Store acquisitions related to greenfield store growth strategy			1
Scenario, Forecast [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of stores acquired		5
Number of separate transactions | agreement		4
Nona, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Feb. 26, 2017
Number of stores acquired			16
Thrifty Tire of Roxboro, LLC [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Feb. 05, 2017
Number of stores acquired			2
Hamel Tire Center Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Oct. 16, 2016
Number of stores acquired			1
Parkway D/C Enterprises, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Oct. 02, 2016
Number of stores acquired			3
Florida Tire Service, LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Sep. 19, 2016
Number of stores acquired			1
Davco Development Company and Ricketts, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Sep. 18, 2016
Number of stores acquired			2
Clark Tire & Auto, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Sep. 11, 2016
Number of stores acquired			26
Number of retread centers acquired | property			1
Number of wholesale centers acquired | property			4
NTI, LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 18, 2016
Number of stores acquired			1
Kwik-Fit Tire & Service [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 17, 2016
Number of stores acquired			1
Task Holdings, Inc. and Autopar, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 10, 2016
Number of stores acquired			4
Harlow Tire Company Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 26, 2016
Number of stores acquired			1
Express Tire Centers, LLC. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 19, 2016
Number of stores acquired			2
Pioneer Tire Pros Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			May 08, 2016
Number of stores acquired			1
McGee Tire Stores, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			May 01, 2016
Number of stores acquired			29
Number of retread centers acquired | property			1
Former Car-X Franchised Stores Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of stores acquired				3
Number of franchisees | item				2
Marietta Tire & Service, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jan. 31, 2016
Number of stores acquired				1
McMar, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Dec. 13, 2015
Number of stores acquired				4
Host Tires of Lakeland, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Dec. 13, 2015
Number of stores acquired				1
Kost Tire [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Aug. 16, 2015
Number of stores acquired				27
Windsor Tire Co., Inc. Aquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 12, 2015
Number of stores acquired				4
Car-X Associates Corp. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Apr. 25, 2015
Number of franchise rights				146
Number of franchisees | item				32
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Total consideration transferred | $				$ 51,139
Change in estimates, trade receivables | $			$ 100
Change in estimates, property, plant and equipment | $			2,600
Change in estimates, intangible assets | $			400
Change in estimates, long-term deferred income tax assets | $			1,400
Change in current liabilities | $			600
Change in estimates, long-term capital leases and financing obligations | $			5,800
Change in estimates, other liabilities | $			100
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Total consideration transferred | $			$ 141,807

XML

Acquisitions (Schedule Of Purchase Price Allocation) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Purchase price of acquisitions allocation
Goodwill	$ 501,736	$ 400,132	$ 349,088
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]
Purchase price of acquisitions allocation
Cash and equivalents	15
Trade receivables	6,977
Inventories	18,432
Other current assets	416
Property, plant and equipment	31,993
Intangible assets	21,394
Other non-current assets	208
Long-term deferred income tax assets	9,334
Total assets acquired	88,769
Warranty reserves	491
Other current liabilities	3,970
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	41,011
Other long-term liabilities	1,141
Total liabilities assumed	46,613
Total net identifiable assets acquired	42,156
Total consideration transferred	141,807
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired	42,156
Goodwill	$ 99,651
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member]
Purchase price of acquisitions allocation
Trade receivables		377
Inventories		916
Other current assets		502
Property, plant and equipment		13,785
Intangible assets		11,678
Other non-current assets		25
Long-term deferred income tax assets		6,902
Total assets acquired		34,185
Warranty reserves		184
Other current liabilities		2,202
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		27,975
Other long-term liabilities		885
Total liabilities assumed		31,246
Total net identifiable assets acquired		2,939
Total consideration transferred		51,139
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		2,939
Goodwill		$ 48,200

XML

Acquisitions (Schedule Of Intangible Assets Acquired) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	$ 21,394	$ 11,678
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	14 years
Franchise Agreements [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets		7,100
Customer Lists [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	$ 11,999	689
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	13 years
Favorable Leases [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	$ 6,440	1,889
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	14 years
Trade Names [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	$ 2,955	$ 2,000
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	17 years
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	13 years
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member] | Franchise Agreements [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	13 years
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member] | Customer Lists [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	7 years
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member] | Favorable Leases [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	13 years
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member] | Trade Names [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	15 years

XML

Other Current Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Composition of other current assets
Vendor rebates receivable	$ 14,327	$ 11,984
Other	18,312	16,690
Prepaid expense and other assets, current, total	$ 32,639	$ 28,674

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 39.5	$ 36.0	$ 32.1
Amortization expense	$ 9.5	$ 7.5	$ 5.7

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Major Classifications Of Property, Plant And Equipment) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	$ 712,999	$ 639,936
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	318,365	288,354
Net property, plant and equipment	394,634	351,582
Land [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	83,675	80,195
Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	371,352	325,390
Equipment, Signage and Fixtures [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	225,977	208,204
Vehicles [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	28,831	23,608
Construction-in-Progress [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	3,164	2,539
Assets Owned [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	565,213	526,967
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	282,196	258,516
Net property, plant and equipment	283,017	268,451
Assets Owned [Member] | Land [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	83,675	80,195
Assets Owned [Member] | Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	223,566	212,421
Assets Owned [Member] | Equipment, Signage and Fixtures [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	225,977	208,204
Assets Owned [Member] | Vehicles [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	28,831	23,608
Assets Owned [Member] | Construction-in-Progress [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	3,164	2,539
Assets Under Capital Lease [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	147,786	112,969
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	36,169	29,838
Net property, plant and equipment	111,617	83,131
Assets Under Capital Lease [Member] | Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	$ 147,786	$ 112,969

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangible assets	$ 5.1	$ 3.8	$ 3.6
Customer Lists [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	10 years
Trade Names [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	14 years
Favorable Leases [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	14 years
Franchise Agreements [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	13 years
Other Intangible Assets [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	5 years

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Changes In Goodwill) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Changes in goodwill
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	$ 400,132	$ 349,088
Additions to goodwill from current year acquisitions	99,651	46,247
Adjustments to goodwill related to purchase accounting	1,953	4,326
Other adjustments		471
Goodwill, Ending Balance	$ 501,736	$ 400,132

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Composition of other intangible assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	$ 88,479	$ 66,770
Accumulated Amortization	34,191	27,250
Customer Lists [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	34,489	22,490
Accumulated Amortization	16,372	13,283
Favorable Leases [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	25,378	18,418
Accumulated Amortization	7,764	5,996
Trade Names [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	20,852	18,002
Accumulated Amortization	8,358	6,960
Franchise Agreements [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	7,220	7,320
Accumulated Amortization	1,167	487
Other Intangible Assets [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	540	540
Accumulated Amortization	$ 530	$ 524

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Estimated future amortization of intangible assets) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)
Customer Lists, Trade Names, Franchise Agreements And Other [Member]
Estimated future amortization of intangible assets
2018	$ 5,397
2019	4,804
2020	3,845
2021	3,183
2022	2,891
Favorable Leases [Member]
Estimated future amortization of intangible assets
2018	1,887
2019	1,823
2020	1,774
2021	1,707
2022	$ 1,590

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Narrative) (Details)		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($) entity	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($)
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Net availability under the credit facility		$ 391,200,000
Carrying amount of long-term debt (including current portion)		182,400,000	$ 103,300,000
Fair value of long-term debt (including current portion)		182,400,000	103,300,000
The total amount financed for properties with capital leases and financing obligations		228,400,000
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		60,000
Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility agreement		600,000,000
Credit Facility Increased Availability		$ 350,000,000
Revolving credit facility agreement term		5 years
Revolving credit facility agreement, number of participating banks | entity		9
Provision allowing to expand the amount of overall facility		$ 100,000,000
Credit facility, Change in increased availability		25,000,000
Amount outstanding under Credit Facility	[1]	$ 182,297,000	$ 103,315,000
Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member] | Scenario, Actual [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate over LIBOR on the facility		1.00%	1.00%
Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of credit sub-facility for issuing standby letters of credit		$ 80,000,000
Letters of credit outstanding		$ 26,500,000
Minimum [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate over LIBOR on the facility		0.75%
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		0.15%
Minimum [Member] | Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		0.875%
Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of net income permit as cash dividend, maximum		50.00%
Maximum [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate over LIBOR on the facility		1.75%
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		0.35%
Maximum [Member] | Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		1.875%

[1] The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 25, 2017 was .98%.

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Long-Term Debt) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Long-term Debt, Unclassified [Abstract]
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		$ 60
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(20)
Long-term debt		182,337	$ 103,315
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045		228,444	176,974
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(15,278)	(11,244)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		213,166	165,730
Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Long-term Debt, Unclassified [Abstract]
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based	[1]	$ 182,297	$ 103,315
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)		0.98%

[1] The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 25, 2017 was .98%.

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2018	$ 15,298
2019	16,546
2020	17,615
2021	201,787
2022	20,220
Capital Leases/Financing Obligations, Aggregate Amount [Member]
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2018	30,960
2019	31,487
2020	31,503
2021	32,173
2022	31,513
Capital Leases/Financing Obligations, Imputed Interest [Member]
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2018	(15,682)
2019	(14,961)
2020	(13,908)
2021	(12,683)
2022	(11,293)
All Other Debt [Member]
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2018	20
2019	20
2020	20
2021	$ 182,297

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Mar. 29, 2014
Unrecognized tax benefits	$ 6,892	$ 6,929	$ 7,495	$ 5,900
Interest and penalties recognized related to uncertain tax positions		100
Interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits	400	$ 400
State net operating loss carryforwards available	$ 4,400
Carryforward expiration period	Mar. 31, 2037
Maximum [Member]
Fiscal years under examination	2016
Minimum [Member]
Fiscal years under examination	2014

XML

Income Taxes (Components of the provision for income taxes) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Current -
Federal	$ 22,040	$ 29,202	$ 28,262
State	2,422	2,825	2,956
Total	24,462	32,027	31,218
Deferred -
Federal	10,120	6,216	6,194
State	1,136	373	144
Total	11,256	6,589	6,338
Income tax expense, total	$ 35,718	$ 38,616	$ 37,556

XML

Income Taxes (Deferred tax (liabilities) assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Deferred tax (liabilities) assets
Goodwill	$ (39,715)	$ (31,075)
Other	(968)	(266)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(40,683)	(31,341)
Property and equipment	36,980	28,085
Insurance reserves	11,075	11,626
Warranty and other reserves	4,810	4,671
Stock options	2,509	3,040
Other	9,354	9,274
Total deferred tax assets	64,728	56,696
Net deferred tax assets	$ 24,045	$ 25,355

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation between Federal statutory tax rate and effective tax rate reflected in accompanying financial statements) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Reconciliation between Federal statutory tax rate and effective tax rate reflected in accompanying financial statements
Federal income tax based on statutory tax rate applied to income before taxes	$ 34,035	$ 36,897	$ 34,774
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit	2,700	2,306	2,170
Other	(1,017)	(587)	612
Income tax expense, total	$ 35,718	$ 38,616	$ 37,556
Federal income tax based on statutory tax rate applied to income before taxes, percentage	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit, percentage	2.80%	2.20%	2.20%
Other, percentage	(1.10%)	(0.60%)	0.60%
Income tax expense, percentage	36.70%	36.60%	37.80%

XML

Income Taxes (Income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Beginning Balance	$ 6,929	$ 7,495	$ 5,900
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions	981	1,116	2,066
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions	66		164
Reductions	(352)	(922)	33
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations	(732)	(760)	(668)
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Ending Balance	$ 6,892	$ 6,929	$ 7,495

XML

Stock Ownership (Narrative) (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Stock Ownership [Abstract]
Class C convertible preferred stock, conversion value	$ 0.064	$ 0.064
Distribution amount per share of preferred stock on liquidation of company	$ 1.50
Minimum percentage of preferred stock holders approval for authorization of action	60.00%

XML

Stock Ownership (Summary of the changes in the number of shares of common stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock) (Details) - shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Summary of the changes in the number of shares of common stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock
Beginning balance, preferred shares	32,500
Stock options exercised	485,660	549,141	439,635
Ending balance, preferred shares	21,802	32,500
Common Stock [Member]
Summary of the changes in the number of shares of common stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock
Beginning balance, common shares	38,556,678	38,007,537	37,567,902
Conversion of preferred shares	250,212
Stock options exercised	205,299	549,141	439,635
Ending balance, common shares	39,012,189	38,556,678	38,007,537
Class C Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of the changes in the number of shares of common stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock
Beginning balance, preferred shares	32,500	32,500	32,500
Conversion of preferred shares	(10,698)
Ending balance, preferred shares	21,802	32,500	32,500
Treasury Stock [Member]
Summary of the changes in the number of shares of common stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock
Beginning balance, common shares	6,316,652	6,180,489	6,076,951
Stock options exercised	5,765	136,163	103,538
Ending balance, common shares	6,322,417	6,316,652	6,180,489

XML

Share Based Compensation (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	May 31, 2013	May 31, 2010	Aug. 31, 2007
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total shares exercisable	563,109	789,422	1,098,601
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable	$ 46.61
Options available for grant	1,549,716
Weighted average contractual term, options outstanding	3 years 1 month 6 days	3 years
Weighted average contractual term of all options exercisable	2 years 4 months 24 days	2 years 6 months
Compensation expenses recognition period related to nonvested fixed stock options	3 years
Aggregate intrinsic value, options outstanding	$ 4,900	$ 33,200
Aggregate intrinsic value of all options exercisable	4,800	26,000
Fair value of awards vested under the Company's stock plans	$ 2,800	$ 2,500	$ 3,500
Aggregate intrinsic value, Company's closing stock price	$ 52.15	$ 69.68	$ 64.96
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised	$ 13,300	$ 22,300	$ 10,300
Unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested fixed stock options	3,200
Cash received from stock option exercises	3,492	8,602	8,664
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	$ 3,510	$ 6,677	$ 2,208
Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Employee options term	6 years
Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Employee options term	10 years
Employee Stock Option [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period of employee options	4 years
Incentive Stock Option Plan 2007 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock shares initially reserved for future issuance	873,000
Common shares authorized for issuance	5,001,620					1,501,620
Share based compensation arrangement by share based payment award shares transferred from previous plan						628,620
Share based compensation arrangement by share based payment award additional number of shares authorized				2,000,000	1,500,000
Incentive Stock Option Plan 2003 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common shares authorized for issuance	315,000
Incentive Stock Option Plan 1998 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common shares authorized for issuance	4,016,250
Incentive Stock Option Plan 1994 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common shares authorized for issuance	675,345

XML

Share Based Compensation (Summary of changes in outstanding stock options) (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Summary of changes in outstanding stock options
Weighted average exercise price, beginning of period	$ 41.75	$ 34.21	$ 31.58
Weighted average exercise price, granted	62.01	62.28	52.73
Weighted average exercise price, exercised	31.61	29.59	31.98
Weighted average exercise price, canceled	61.20	50.69	43.04
Weighted average exercise price, end of period	$ 51.67	$ 41.75	$ 34.21
Options outstanding, beginning balance	1,188,791	1,518,330	1,773,401
Options outstanding, granted	232,560	243,410	211,225
Options outstanding, exercised	(485,660)	(549,141)	(439,635)
Options outstanding, canceled	(39,347)	(23,808)	(26,661)
Options outstanding, ending balance	896,344	1,188,791	1,518,330

XML

Share Based Compensation (A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted) (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted
Non-vested, shares, beginning balance	399,369	419,729	612,829
Granted, shares	232,560	243,410	211,225
Vested, shares	(266,112)	(242,841)	(382,197)
Canceled, shares	(32,582)	(20,929)	(22,128)
Non-vested, shares, ending balance	333,235	399,369	419,729
Weighted average grant date fair value, beginning of period	$ 11.26	$ 9.70	$ 8.88
Weighted average grant date fair value, granted	12.17	13.10	11.27
Weighted average grant date fair value, vested	10.48	10.38	9.22
Weighted average grant date fair value, canceled	12.79	10.18	10.37
Weighted average grant date fair value, end of period	$ 12.37	$ 11.26	$ 9.70

XML

Share Based Compensation (Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017 $ / shares shares
Exercise Price Range One [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	$ 11.76
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 44.49
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	269,881
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	1 year 4 months 10 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 34.36
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	255,924
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 33.83
Exercise Price Range Two [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	44.50
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 57.25
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	241,393
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	3 years 3 months 11 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 53.45
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	122,843
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 52.05
Exercise Price Range Three [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	57.26
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 62.53
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	219,635
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	4 years 2 months 23 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 60.13
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	108,217
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 59.03
Exercise Price Range Four [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	62.54
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 75.76
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	165,435
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	4 years 2 months 27 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 66.10
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	76,125
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 63.18

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Narrative) (Details) - shares shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]
Antidilutive securities excluded from computation of earnings per share	304	171	145

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Reconciliation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net income		$ 61,526	$ 66,805	$ 61,799
Less: Preferred stock dividends	[1]	(447)	(456)	(395)
Income available to common stockholders		$ 61,079	$ 66,349	$ 61,404
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,413	32,026	31,605
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		675	760	760
Stock options		213	567	579
Weighted average common shares, diluted		33,301	33,353	32,944
Basic earnings per common share:		$ 1.88	$ 2.07	$ 1.94
Diluted earnings per common share:		$ 1.85	$ 2.00	$ 1.88

[1] Dividends paid per common share or common share equivalent were $.68, $.60 and $.52, respectively, for the years ended March 25, 2017, March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015.

XML

Operating Leases and Other Commitments (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Operating Leases and Other Commitments [Abstract]
Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income	$ 38,628,000	$ 36,717,000	$ 35,848,000
Contingent rentals	46,000	59,000	44,000
Sublease income	$ 130,000	$ 149,000	$ 161,000
Percentage of annual purchases of specific products bought from entering contracts	100.00%

XML

Operating Leases and Other Commitments (Future minimum payments required under non-cancellable leases) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)
Operating Leases and Other Commitments [Abstract]
Leases, 2018	$ 35,668
Leases, 2019	29,188
Leases, 2020	23,081
Leases, 2021	18,362
Leases, 2022	13,280
Leases, Thereafter	35,281
Leases, Total	154,860
Less - Sublease Income, 2018	(91)
Less - Sublease Income, 2019	(68)
Less - Sublease Income, 2020	(73)
Less - Sublease Income, 2021	(74)
Less - Sublease Income, 2022	(78)
Less - Sublease Income, Thereafter	(306)
Less - Sublease Income, Total	(690)
Net, 2018	35,577
Net, 2019	29,120
Net, 2020	23,008
Net, 2021	18,288
Net, 2022	13,202
Net, Thereafter	34,975
Net, Total	$ 154,170

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Narrative) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($) item	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($)	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Minimum term criteria for availing defined benefit plans	1 year
Minimum age criteria for availing defined benefit plans | item	21
Charges to expense for the Company's matching contributions	$ 828,000	$ 731,000	$ 655,000
Total liability, Deferred Compensation Plan	2,106,000	1,921,000
Charges to expense (benefit) applicable to the management bonus plan	$ 463,000	$ 2,124,000	$ 1,092,000
Fixed Income Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Company's general target allocation for the plan	40.00%
Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Company's general target allocation for the plan	60.00%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Funded status of plan) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$ 19,465	$ 20,241
Actual return on plan assets	2,309	(95)
Benefits paid	(1,072)	(681)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	20,702	19,465	$ 20,241
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	21,373	22,160
Interest cost	806	803	832
Actuarial gain	(702)	(909)
Benefits paid	(1,072)	(681)
Benefit obligation at end of year	20,405	21,373	$ 22,160
Funded/(underfunded) status of plan	$ 297	$ (1,908)

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Unamortized transition obligation	$ 0	$ 0
Unamortized prior service cost	0	0
Unamortized net loss	5,117	7,320
Total	$ 5,117	$ 7,320

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Net transition obligation	$ 0	$ 0
Prior service cost	0	0
Net actuarial income	2,203	73
Total	$ 2,203	$ 73

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Components of pension (income) expense) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$ 806	$ 803	$ 832
Expected return on plan assets	(1,332)	(1,389)	(1,388)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss	524	648	300
Net pension (income) expense	$ (2)	$ 62	$ (256)

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations) (Details)	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Discount rate	3.98%	3.83%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Discount rate	3.83%	3.69%	4.42%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00%	7.00%	7.00%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Company's asset allocations by asset category) (Details)	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	100.00%	100.00%
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	1.70%	3.40%
Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	39.70%	36.80%
Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	58.60%	59.80%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Fair value measurement information for the Company's major categories of defined benefit plan assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	$ 20,702	$ 19,465	$ 20,241
U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	8,296	7,800
International Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	3,839	3,850
U.S. Corporate Bonds Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	7,902	6,788
US Treasury Bill [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets		374
International Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	317
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	348	653
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	11,823	11,847
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member] | U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	7,984	7,623
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member] | International Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	3,839	3,850
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member] | US Treasury Bill [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets		374
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	8,879	7,618
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	312	177
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | U.S. Corporate Bonds Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	7,902	6,788
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | International Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	317
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	348	653
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | International Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | U.S. Corporate Bonds Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | US Treasury Bill [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | International Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Pension benefit payments) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
2018	$ 895
2019	929
2020	968
2021	1,026
2022	1,084
2023-2027	$ 5,843

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details)	1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015 USD ($) item	Mar. 31, 2004 item	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($) item	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) item	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Related party lease entered into during period				1
Related party property and building purchased	1
Related party leases remaining			6
New leases contemplated			0
Purchased property and building of leased location | $	$ 1,000,000
Operating and capital leases | $			$ 754,000	$ 711,000	$ 717,000
Financial and Strategic Advisory Services Fee | $				225,000	$ 300,000
Amount payable | $			$ 0	$ 0
Number of unsuccessful acquisitions where advisory services fees were paid				3
Acquisition Advisory Services [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Financial and Strategic Advisory Services Fee | $				$ 1,000,000
Mr Tire Acquisition [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Related party leases assumed		6

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]
Increase in capital leases and financing obligations	$ 14,243,000	$ 13,265,000	$ 11,599,000
Increase in property, plant and equipment	$ 14,243,000	$ 13,265,000	$ 11,599,000

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (Liabilities On Acquisitions Assumed) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Fair value of assets acquired	$ 93,316,000
Goodwill	101,604,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired	(142,567,000)
Amounts payable to seller	740,000
Liabilities assumed	$ 53,093,000
Fiscal 2016 Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Fair value of assets acquired		$ 35,335,000
Goodwill		50,573,000
Cash paid, net of cash acquired		(49,018,000)
Amounts payable to seller		(1,626,000)
Liabilities assumed		$ 35,264,000
Fiscal 2015 Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Fair value of assets acquired			$ 62,184,000
Goodwill			79,316,000
Gain on bargain purchase			(386,000)
Cash paid, net of cash acquired			(84,403,000)
Amounts payable to seller			(3,507,000)
Liabilities assumed			$ 53,204,000

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (Interest and income taxes paid) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]
Interest, net	$ 20,970	$ 15,687	$ 11,119
Income taxes, net	$ 24,778	$ 25,322	$ 26,141

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) - Subsequent Event [Member]	1 Months Ended
	May 31, 2017 $ / shares
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Cash dividend per common share	$ 0.18
Dividends payable, date of record	Jun. 02, 2017
Cash dividend date to be paid	Jun. 12, 2017